Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
low pressure relief products. Groth Corporation pressure relief products have been protecting refineries, chemical processing plants, and any facility with atmospheric, fixed or floating roof storage tanks for more than 48 years.
You can be assured that our expertise and devotion to quality will translate into an efficient and safe system, and that our every effort will demonstrate our commitment to provide innovative solutions, quality products, and comprehensive service.
Groths products are factory inspected and tested to meet your critical requirements and special needs.
PED 97/23/EC (European Pressure Equipment Directive) authorization has been granted by TV SD Industrie Service GmbH, notified body number 0036.
ATEX Directive 94/9/EC certification for protective systems, flame arresters, and valves used in potentially explosive atmospheres has been authorized by IBExU Institut fr Sicherheitstechnik GmbH, notified body number 0637.
Groth
Industrial Products Catalog
Groth Corporation 13650 N. Promenade Blvd. Stafford, TX 77477 USA 800-354-7684 281-295-6800 (when calling from outside the USA)
www.grothcorp.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Model Number Model Description
Product Advantages Product Operation Product Standards Product Detail Vapor Emission Reduction
Page Number
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Products-At-A-Glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Section 1 1200A, 1201B, 1202B, 1203A 8800A, 8801, 8802, 8803 1220A, 1221B, 1222B, 1223B 1720A, 1760A 8820A Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valves Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Combination Relief Valves and Flame Arresters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valves with Pipe-Away Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valves with Pipe-Away Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Combination Relief Valves and Flame Arrester with Pipe-Away Feature . . .43 Fiberglass Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Steam Jacketed Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Deflagration and Detonation Flame Arresters Deflagration Flame Arresters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Flame Arresters, Flame Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Flame Arresters, Steam Jacketed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Detonation Flame Arresters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Check Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Pressure or Vacuum Relief Valves Pressure Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Pressure Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Vacuum Relief Valves, Top Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Vacuum Relief Valves, Side Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Pressure/Vacuum Free Vents, Top Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Gauge Hatches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 Emergency Relief Valves, Weight Loaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Emergency Relief Valves, Spring Loaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Emergency Relief Valves, Weight Loaded; Hinged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Pilot-Operated Emergency Pressure Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Valve Test Stands Valve Test Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Pilot Operated Relief Valves Pilot Operated Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137 Pilot Operated Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Air Operated Relief Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160 Blanket Gas Regulators Blanket Gas Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167 Relief Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171 Technical Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Conversion Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177 Product Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Inside Back Cover
Section 2 7618, 7628 7622 7658A, 7758A 8110 Section 3 1260A 2300A, 2301A 1300A, 1301A 1360A, 1361A 5000, 5100 6000, 6100 2000A, 2050A 2100 2400A, 2450A 2500A Section 4 Section 5 Series 1660 Series 1400 Series 1500 Section 6 Series 3000
Section 7 Section 8
PRODUCT OVERVIEW
GROTH CORPORATION
Groth Corporation was established as Groth Equipment Corporation in Houston, Texas, in 1960. In 1971 Groth began manufacturing pressure/vacuum relief valves and flame arresters. Today, Groth is a global leader in manufacturing pressure/vacuum relief valves, flame arresters, blanket gas regulators, and other low pressure relief products. In September, 1999, Groth became a part of the Continental Disc Corporation family of companies that produce pressure relief products for industrial applications. In 2002, Groth relocated to a new facility in Stafford, Texas (southwest Houston).
vacuum condition must be controlled by allowing atmospheric air to flow into the tank. In short, the tank needs to breathe in order to eliminate the possibility of rupturing or imploding. Because of its primary function, a pressure/vacuum valve is commonly referred to as a breather valve.
within a tank. They can also be used as an in-line flashback prevention device.
EMERGENCY VALVE
The primary function of the emergency relief valve is to provide a controlled opening. An emergency relief valve is a seal used to prevent rupturing of the tank under severe pressure increases caused by proximity to intense fire. Each of these safety devices are used on the atmospheric, fixed or floating roof, nonrefrigerated storage tank.
Flame arresters are fire safety devices. They prevent flames from entering a tank and also provide protection from flashes
The pressure/vacuum relief valve is a protection device which is typically mounted on a nozzle opening on the top of a fixed roof atmospheric storage tank. Its primary purpose is to protect the tank against rupturing or imploding. Without an opening or a controlled opening, a fixed roof atmospheric tank would rupture under increasing pressure caused by pumping liquid into the tank or as a result of vapor pressure changes caused by severe thermal changes. Imploding, or the collapsing of a tank, occurs during the pumping out procedure or thermal changes. As the liquid level lowers, the vapor space pressure is reduced to below atmospheric pressure. This
FLAME ARRESTERS
EMERGENCY VALVE
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
1. Saves money by saving product. 2. Protects tank from over or under pressure when sized properly. 3. Protection against fire hazard when conforming to API standards. 4. Minimizes evaporation loss. 5. Reduces atmospheric corrosion of tank. 6. Generally required by OSHA, EPA, etc.
IN MOST CASES A PRESSURE/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE WILL PAY FOR ITSELF BEFORE YOU PAY THE INVOICE
Although any properly sized opening in the tanks upper structure protects the tank from damage, utilizing a pressure and vacuum valve offers additional advantages. Two of the more important advantages are: economic savings and fire hazard protection. In 1952, American Petroleum Institute developed a formula to determine tank evaporative losses. The API equation was formulated after the results of a total of 178 individual tests were compiled (1/2 with open vents and 1/2 with pressure/vacuum valves). The principle factors are: turnovers per year, true vapor pressure of the product, diameter of the tank in feet, the average outage in feet, the average daily ambient temperature change, and the paint factor. The test was conducted on tanks containing gasoline with pressure and vacuum valves set at 1/2 oz. pressure and 1/2 oz. vacuum. American Petroleum Institute (API) 2521 states that 1/2 oz. is the usual setting.
2
Where: Ly = the breathing loss in barrels per year TPY = turn overs per year P = the true vapor pressure at bulk liquid temperature in pounds per square inch absolute D = tank diameter in feet H = the average outage in feet T = average daily ambient temperature change Fp = the paint factor C = adjustment factor for smaller diameter tanks. C=1 for tanks 20 feet in diameter or larger.
The results of these tests indicate that the evaporation loss on a tank with a 55,000 barrel capacity would be 2,000 barrels per year if an open vent was installed, and only 1,382 barrels per year if a pressure/vacuum valve was utilized, thereby saving 618 barrels per year. This study also coined a new catchword, Conservation Vent. So if you hear the term conservation vent, you know that the valve referred to is a pressure/vacuum valve or breather valve. If the product in the tank cost $80 per barrel, this would be a savings in one year of $49,440 per tank. Pressure/vacuum relief valves provide savings of millions of dollars and millions of barrels of product in a large facility such as the one illustrated on page 3. Depending on size and materials of construction, a breather valve can pay for itself in less than a month.
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
PRODUCT OVERVIEW
combustion is not likely to occur even though the tank may have a combustible mixture. 1. Closed tank principle. When a pressure/vacuum valve is closed, vapors are not escaping to support combustion. 2. Over rich principle due to equilibrium being reached in a closed tank and therefore the vapors are too rich to burn. When emptying or pumping from the tank, oxygen rich vapors are susceptible to burning and flame arresters should be installed between the pressure/vacuum relief valve and tank nozzle. 3. The vacuum created during pump out of product will prevent fumes from escaping which normally does not present a fire hazard.
therefore less corrosion is produced by escaping vapors. This means overall plant maintenance is reduced thereby saving labor and money.
Pressure/vacuum valves are recommended by API 2000, EN 14015: 2004, and ISO 28300 for use on atmospheric storage tanks. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) states that tanks storing Class 1 liquids shall be equipped with venting devices which shall be normally closed except under pressure or vacuum condition. Generally speaking, the majority of the regulatory bodies dealing with tank safety, [API, OSHA, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), Insurance Companies, etc.] require installation of these devices on flammable liquid storage tanks.
REDUCED CORROSION
An additional reason for using pressure/vacuum valves, they help reduce overall corrosion in the plant. Plant corrosion is reduced due to less product escaping from the tank and
PRODUCT OPERATION
How does a pressure/vacuum valve operate? Most atmospheric tanks require a venting device that will allow large volumes of vapor to escape under relatively low pressures. Usually, the allowable set pressure is in inches of water column pressure, both for pressure and vacuum conditions. This is because most large storage tanks have a relatively low maximum allowable working pressure. These tanks are generally large volume, welded vessels that are built to API 650 or EN 14015: 2004 standards. In order to accommodate large volumes at low set pressures, these valves have ports that are greater in area than the inlet or nozzle connection. The low setting required necessitates weight loading the valve as opposed to spring loading. Because of the above, a pressure/vacuum valve requires approximately 100% over set pressure in order to
MODEL 1201B
The spring loaded valve is used on higher pressure tanks (1-15 psig settings). They will protect from overpressure and excessive vacuum while reducing tank breathing, thereby saving product. Spring loaded valves weigh less than a weight loaded valve set at 1 psig.
ATM
Tank Pressure
The Pilot Operated Relief Valve is designed to provide safe, dependable, and accurate low pressure and/or vacuum protection. Full flow is attained at no more than 10% overpressure. This reduces the need for high overpressure which conserves product and reduces fugitive emissions. Blowdown may be adjusted to requirements between 0% and 20% of set pressure. Properly adjusted, the Pilot Operated Relief Valve is bubble tight up to 95% of set pressure. The Pilot MODEL 1660A Operated Relief Valve provides the maximum available leakage control technology as specified in the Clean Air Act of 1990.
Tank Vacuum 4
ATM
PRODUCT STANDARDS
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 5
American Petroleum Institute (API) Standards are provided as an engineering aid for specification and selection of normal and emergency pressure and vacuum relief valves for aboveground liquid petroleum storage tanks. Normal venting capacity is obtained without exceeding pressure or vacuum that would cause physical damage or permanent deformation to the tank. The following will help in sizing a pressure/vacuum valve: 1. Normal Relief: The sum of vapor replacement resulting from emptying or filling and thermal in-breathing or outbreathing. 2. Emergency Relief: Thermal out-breathing from fire exposure. 3. All Tanks: Generally require the sizing of a normal pressure and vacuum relief valve to be sized and an independent emergency relief valve to be sized separately. 4. Flow Curves: These curves
API 2513
The OSHA requirement for tank protection published by the Department of Labor as part 1910.106, revised July 1, 1985, addresses sizing requirements. OSHA suggests sizing shall be in accordance with API 2000, which clearly defines all requirements.
The pressure and vacuum setting of a breather valve are dictated by the structural characteristics of the tank and should be within safe operating limits. A certain amount of pressure and vacuum beyond this setting is necessary to overcome pressure drop in order to obtain required flow. Proper size and settings can best be determined by reference to API Std 2000: Venting Atmospheric and LowPressure Storage Tanks (1992) and to the manufacturer's tank data determined in accordance with this publication. The pressure setting for pressure/ vacuum valves to be installed on large tanks constructed in accordance with API 12: Specification for Large Welded Production Tanks (1957) usually is limited to 1/2 oz. because roof plates will start to shift when the pressure increases above 1 oz.
1. TO HOLD LIQUID
Liquid exerts pressure on the sides and base of the tank. Pressure is directly related to the height of the liquid.
2. TO BE FILLED
For liquid to get in, air and vapor must get out. If they cant, the tank will be pressurized. For air and vapor to be pushed out, the pressure in the tank must be slightly above atmospheric pressure. The tank is designed for an internal pressure of 8 in. water gauge (WG).
3. TO BE EMPTIED
For liquid to get out, air must get in. If it cant, the tank will be underpressured. For air to be sucked in, the pressure in the tank must be slightly below atmospheric pressure. The tank is designed for an external pressure (or vacuum in the tank) of 2-1/2 in. WG.
PRODUCT DETAIL
FLAME ARRESTER
A flame arrester is a safety device installed on a nozzle on top of a tank when the flash point of the stored product is lower than the possible tank temperature. A majority of the time, a vent to atmosphere pressure/vacuum valve is installed on top of the flame arrester. A flame arrester is also used as an in-line safety device
In order to be an effective flame prevention device, a flame arrester must have a quenching or hydraulic diameter small enough to stop the flame created by the combustible gas. Each combustible gas has a different required hydraulic diameter to stop the flame. In addition to stopping the flame, an arrester must be able to dissipate heat. Flame element mass ensures that hot gases above the auto ignition temperature never reach the downstream side of the flame arrester. With an in-line installation, structural integrity is important to insure safety if a detonation should occur. Proper gasketing to insure an oxygen-free environment in the event of a detonation is also important. Unless a flame arrester meets or exceeds the above mentioned design criteria, it is not a true flame arrester.
successfully tested and USCG approved as a Type II Detonation Flame Arrester suitable for applications where stationary flames may rest on the element.
Air operated relief valves are used to replace weight loaded and pilot operated valves in severe applications where polymerization and crystallization may take place and plug as well as corrode the pilot valve. The pressure switch coupled with a solenoid valve and using plant instrument air instead of corrosive product vapor provides a bubble tight seal in the valve.
where combustible gases are transported through low pressure pipe lines to actual combustion, as in an incinerator or flare or where combustion fumes are vented through piping to atmosphere where lightning can cause a flame. Flame arresters should be designed to stop tank farm fires caused by lightning, sparking, or actual flame in the immediate tank area, and to prevent flashbacks in lines. In order to accomplish the above, a flame arrester must act as a barrier (stop a flame), a flame holder (contain the flame at the barrier), and dissipate heat in order to prevent auto ignition on the down side of the flame arrester.
DETONATION ARRESTER
A detonation arrester is another safety device installed in a piping system. A detonation is defined as a flame front propagating through a flammable gas or vapor at a velocity equal to or greater than the speed of sound. A detonation arrester should be installed when the source of a flashback is greater than ten pipe diameters from the installation of the arrester or when there is a possible restriction in the line. Groth Detonation Flame Arresters are bi-directional and can be installed in a vertical or horizontal piping installation. The Model 7658A has been
MODEL 1520
MODEL 7658A
PRODUCT DETAIL
PRODUCT OVERVIEW 7
EMERGENCY VALVES
Emergency valves are required by API on storage tanks in order to protect the tank against excessive pressure caused by external fire exposure or flashes within the tank. The excessive pressure caused by an external fire is generally because an adjacent tank is on fire or some other structure in proximity is on fire. Flashes are generally caused by a chemical reaction in the tank. Regardless of the cause of the excessive pressure, an opening larger than the normal pressure/ vacuum valve is necessary in order to carry off the additional volume resulting
from the fire exposure the tank is experiencing. API 2000 states emergency venting may be accomplished by the use of: 1. Larger or additional open vents 2. Larger or additional pressure/vacuum valves or pressure relief valves 3. A gauge hatch which permits the cover to lift under abnormal internal pressure 4. A manhole cover which permits the cover to lift under abnormal internal pressure (ERV Model 2000A/2400A) 5. A connection between the roof and shell which is weaker than the weakest
MODEL 2000A
With the implementation of the Clean Air Act of 1990, most Liquid Product Storage terminals and hydrocarbon processing plants must control evaporative hydrocarbon emissions from loading and storage operations. Two types of recognized technologies are vapor recovery using carbon absorption or vapor combustion. Both systems require pressure/vacuum valves and flame or detonation arresters to minimize emissions and maximize safety.
TYPICAL VAPOR RECOVERY SYSTEM
GAS BLANKETING
The Groth Blanket Gas Regulator ensures that a constant gas pressure is maintained in the vapor space of a storage tank. When liquid is removed from a tank or the temperature is reduced, a vacuum would be developed.
The 1990 amendment to the 1977 Clean Air Act requires the emissions of any of the identified volatile organic compounds (VOCs) be kept to under 500 parts per million (PPM). Method 21 is the leak test procedure used to detect rate of leakage from process equipment, including valves, flanges, pressure relief devices, etc. Groth Corporation Pilot Operated Valves (with the film seat option) and Blanket Gas Regulators provide pressure and/or vacuum protection for liquid storage tanks while assuring your compliance with the Clean Air Act.
CONCLUSION
Tank protection equipment is specialized. Understanding this equipment and how it should be applied will ensure that your storage tank is protected properly from any number of potential hazards. Protection from rupturing or imploding and protection from fire hazards are the major considerations. Environmental and conservation features enhance the value of these products.
With the Groth Blanket Gas Regulator, a blanket gas is supplied to prevent a vacuum from developing and to maintain the desired blanket pressure. In addition to preventing outside air and moisture from entering the storage vessel, a blanket gas pressure, as low as 1/2 WC, reduces the evaporation of the stored product to a negligible amount. The result not only conserves product but also greatly reduces emissions. These advantages are in addition to the fire protection that is provided.
8
PC compatible sizing program for Pressure/Vacuum Valves in accordance with API 2000. Download from our website at www.grothcorp.com or contact Groth Corporation Sales Department.
PRODUCTS-AT-A-GLANCE
PRODUCTS-AT-A-GLANCE
Fiberglass Valves
Most Groth valves can be constructed of fiberglass.
Model 1200A
Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valve Modular design Sizes: 2" through 12" Pressure settings: 1/2 oz./in.2 to 15 psig Vacuum settings: 1/2 oz./in.2 to 12 psig
Model 1220A
Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valve Pipe-away feature Modular design Sizes: 2" through 12" Pressure settings: 1/2 oz./in.2 to 15 psig Vacuum settings: 1/2 oz./in.2 to 12 psig
Model 1720A/1760A
Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valves Non-sticky design Sizes: 2", 3", and 4"
Model 8820A
Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valve and Flame Arrester w/Pipe-Away Feature
Model 1260A
Pressure Relief Valve Modular design Pipe-away feature Sizes: 2" through 12" Pressure settings: 1/2 oz./in.2 to 15 psig
Model 2300A
Pressure Relief Valve Modular design Sizes: 2" through 12" Pressure settings: 1/2 oz./in.2 to 15 psig
Model 1300A
Vacuum breaker Modular design Sizes: 2" through 12" Vacuum settings: 1/2 oz./in.2 to 12 psig
Model 1360A
Vacuum breaker Modular design Side mount Modular design Sizes: 3" through 14" Vacuum settings: 1/2 oz./in.2 to 12 psig
Model 1660A
Pressure Relief Valve High flow capacity Sizes: 2" through 12" Pressure settings: 2" WC through 15 psig
Model 1420
Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valve Modular design Pressure & vacuum relief High flow capacity Sizes: 2" through 12" Pressure settings: 3 oz./in.2 through 15 psig Vacuum settings: 1/2 oz./in.2 to 12 psig
Model 1560
Air actuated pressure relief for extreme service Modular design Pressure relief High flow capacity Sizes: 2" through 12" Pressure settings: 3 oz./in.2 through 15 psig
Model 2500
Emergency Relief Valve Sizes: 18" and 24" Pressure settings: 8 oz./in.2 to 15 psig
Available in aluminum (type 356), carbon steel, stainless steel, fiberglass, and other materials, in most models.
PRODUCTS-AT-A-GLANCE
Model 2301A
Pressure Relief Valve Sizes: 2" through 12" Pressure settings: 1/2 oz./in.2 to 15 psig
Model 2000A
Emergency Relief Manhole Cover Sizes: 16", 20", and 24" Pressure settings: 1-1/2 oz./in.2 to 16 oz./in.2 Also available with vacuum breaker
Model 2450A
Emergency Relief Manhole Cover with hinged cover with vacuum breaker Sizes: 20" through 24" Vacuum settings: 1/2 oz./in.2 to 4 oz./in.2 Pressure settings: 2 oz./in.2 to 8 oz./in.2 Also available pressure only
Model 2100
High Pressure Emergency Relief Valve Sizes: 16", 20", and 24" Pressure settings: 1 psig to 15 psig
FLAME ARRESTERS
Model 7618
Deflagration flame arrester (vertical design) FM approved Sizes: 2" through 60" Available with weather hood
Model 7628
Deflagration flame arrester (horizontal design) FM approved Sizes: 2" through 30"
Model 7758A
Detonation flame arrester Sizes: 2" through 12"
Model 7658A
Detonation and deflagration arrester (horizontal design) Coast Guard approved Sizes: 2" through 24"
Model 7622
Flame check Sizes: 1/2" through 1-1/2"
Series 3000
Blanket Gas Regulators Depad Valves Setting from 0.5" WC to 15 psig Consult factory for vacuum applications
10
PRODUCTS-AT-A-GLANCE
PRODUCTS-AT-A-GLANCE 11
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS
TEST STANDS
Model 8110
Back Pressure Check Valve Sizes 2" through 12"
GROTH CORPORATION
800-354-7684 www.grothcorp.com
12
I Sizes 2" through 12" I Pressure settings 0.5 oz/in2 to 15 psig I Vacuum settings 0.5 oz/in2 to 12 psig I Available in aluminum (type 356),
Model 1200A
I Modular construction
Model 1200A is designed to protect your tank from damage created by overpressure or excessive vacuum. Costly product evaporation losses due to normal tank breathing are greatly reduced. Because the Model 1200A retains toxic vapors, atmospheric contamination is minimized. This helps to provide increased fire protection and safety.
MODEL 1200A
SPECIAL FEATURES
Model 1200A offers Groths special cushioned air seating. Superior performing Teflon1 seating diaphragms are standard to minimize sticking caused by resinous vapors and atmospheric moisture. The Model 1200A has a self draining housing body and drip rings to protect seating surfaces from condensate and freezing. This design also avoids dangerous pressure or vacuum buildup due to binding or clogging of the valve. Buna-N, Viton2, and other seating diaphragms can be provided when required. To insure the proper alignment of seating surfaces, there is peripheral guiding and a center stabilizing system.
MODEL 1200A
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
MODEL 1201B
13
SPECIFICATIONS
AA CC A C A
BB B
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
Inlet Flg
(Metric)
A B Length Height
(Metric) (Metric)
C Width
AA BB Length Height
CC Width
2"
(50 mm)
12 oz/in
13-5/8"
(346 mm)
13"
(330 mm)
16
(7 kg)
(52.7 gm/cm2)
3"
(80 mm)
11 oz/in2
15 psig SPRING LOADED PRESSURE *0.5 oz/in2 WEIGHT LOADED
4"
(70.3 gm/cm2) (100 mm)
11 oz/in2
(48.3 gm/cm2)
(48.3 gm/cm )
2
18"
(457 mm)
13"
(330 mm)
21
(9 kg)
19-3/4" 15-7/8"
(501 mm) (403 mm)
13"
(330 mm)
19-1/2" 27-1/2"
(495 mm) (699 mm)
13"
(330 mm)
31
(14 kg)
6"
(150 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
(2.20 gm/cm2)
(1.05 kg/cm2)
(0.84 kg/cm2)
16 oz/in2
27-3/4" 22-1/4"
(704 mm) (565 mm)
19"
(482 mm)
57
(26 kg)
8"
(200 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
75
(34 kg)
10"
(250 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
38"
(965 mm)
53"
(1346 mm)
25-1/2"
(648 mm)
116
(53 kg)
12"
(300 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
46"
(1168 mm)
32-7/8"
(835 mm)
36"
157
(71 kg)
W.P. = Working Pressure. On spring loaded valves, change model number. 150# ANSI drilling compatibility, F.F. on aluminum and R.F. on carbon steel and stainless steel alloys. Fiberglass dimensions on request. 16 oz/in2 set with spacer. SS set weights-consult factory. *Some sizes require non-ferrous components to achieve 0.5 oz/in2 setting.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
O = No Options Z = Special Options O = No Jacket J = Steam Jacket S = Spacer H = Steam Jacket and Spacer Diaphragm Material (Seat): B = Buna-N T = Teflon1 V = Viton2 Z = Special
1 1
1
Weight Loaded Pressure Spring Vacuum Spring Pressure & Vacuum Springs
EXAMPLE
NOTES
Include model number and setting when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. Stainless steel guides, stems are standard with aluminum and carbon steel bodies. Stainless steel seats standard with carbon steel bodies.
= = = = = =
A
Indicates a 2" Model 1200A with Aluminum Body and Seat, 316 SS Pallet, Teflon Seat Diaphragm, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
14
Model 1200A/1202B
Pressure Relief Capacity
Set Pressure
(Ps) In WC 0.87 1.00 1.73 2.00 2.60 3.00 3.46 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.0 12.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 oz/in2 0.50 0.58 1.00 1.16 1.50 1.73 2.00 2.31 3.47 4.62 5.78 6.93 8.66 11.6 14.4 17.3 2" 7.65 8.22 10.8 11.6 13.2 14.1 15.2 16.3 19.8 22.7 25.1 27.3 30.2 34.3 37.7 40.6 3" 16.2 17.4 22.8 24.5 27.8 29.9 32.0 34.4 41.8 47.9 53.1 57.8 63.9 72.5 79.6 85.7
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1200A 4 In WC set pressure [Ps] 7 In WC flowing pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 131,000 SCFH % OP = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 131,000 = 113,970 SCFH
15
Model 1200A/1202B
Pressure Relief Capacity
Set Pressure
(Ps) mm WC 22 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 375 500 625 750 mb 2.16 4.90 7.35 9.80 12.3 14.7 17.2 19.6 22.1 24.5 27.0 29.4 36.8 49.0 61.3 73.5 2" 0.22 0.32 0.40 0.45 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.85 0.96 1.05 1.14 3" 0.46 0.68 0.83 0.96 1.07 1.17 1.26 1.34 1.41 1.49 1.55 1.62 1.79 2.03 2.23 2.40
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1200A 100 mm WC Set Pressure [Ps] 175 mm WC Flowing Pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 3,670 NCMH % OP = [(175 - 100)/100] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 3,670 = 3,193 NCMH
16
Model 1200A/1201B
Vacuum Relief Capacity
Set Vacuum
(Ps) In WC 0.87 1.00 1.73 2.00 2.60 3.00 3.46 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.0 12.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 oz/in 0.50 0.58 1.00 1.16 1.50 1.73 2.00 2.31 3.47 4.62 5.78 6.93 8.66 11.6 14.4 17.3
2
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1200A 4 In WC set vacuum [Ps] 7 In WC flowing vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 74,000 SCFH % OV = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 74,000 = 64,380 SCFH
17
Model 1200A/1201B
Vacuum Relief Capacity
Set Vacuum
(Ps) mm WC 22 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 375 500 625 750 mb 2.16 4.90 7.35 9.80 12.3 14.7 17.2 19.6 22.1 24.5 27.0 29.4 36.8 49.0 61.3 73.5 2" 0.13 0.20 0.24 0.28 0.31 0.34 0.37 0.39 0.42 0.44 0.46 0.48 0.53 0.60 0.66 0.72 3" 0.29 0.44 0.53 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.91 0.96 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.45 1.57
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory. Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1200A 100 mm WC Set Vacuum [Ps] 175 mm WC Flowing Vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 2,080 NCMH % OV = [(175 - 100)/100] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 2,080 = 1,810 NCMH
18
Model 1201B/1203A
Pressure Relief Capacity
Set Pressure
(Ps) psig 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1201B 4 psig set pressure [Ps] 7 psig flowing pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 2 0.30 0.44 0.55 0.65 0.73 0.81 0.88 0.95 3 4 5 6 Consult Factory 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.36 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.49 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.68 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.76 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.91 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 448,000 SCFH % OP = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 448,000 = 371,840 SCFH
19
Model 1201B/1203A
Set Pressure
(Ps) barg 0.07 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1201B 0.4 barg Set Pressure [Ps] 0.7 barg Flowing Pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 2 0.30 0.44 0.55 0.65 0.73 0.81 0.88 0.95 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.96 0.96 0.97 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 16,200 NCMH % OP = [(0.7 - 0.4)/0.4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 16,200 = 13,446 NCMH
20
Model 1202B/1203A
Vacuum Relief Capacity
Set Vacuum
(Ps) psig 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50 >3.50
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1202B 2 psig set vacuum [Ps] 3.5 psig flowing vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 2 0.30 0.44 0.55 0.65 0.73 0.81 0.88 0.95 3 4 5 6 Consult Factory 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.36 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.49 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.68 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.76 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.91 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 166,000 SCFH % OV = [(3.50 - 2.0)/2.0] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 166,000 = 137,780 SCFH
21
Model 1202B/1203A
Vacuum Relief Capacity
Set Vacuum
(Ps) barg 0.07 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.24 >0.24
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1202B 0.12 barg Set Vacuum [Ps] 0.17 barg Flowing Vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 42% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 40 and column 2 C factor at 42% OV = 0.55
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 2 0.30 0.44 0.55 0.65 0.73 0.81 0.88 0.95 3 4 5 6 Consult Factory 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.36 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.49 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.68 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.76 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.91 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 4,530 NCMH % OV = [(0.17 - 0.12)/0.12] x 100 = 42% C = 0.55 Flow = 0.55 x 4,530 = 2,492 NCMH
22
I I I I
Sizes 2" through 12" Pressure settings 0.5 oz/in2 to 15 psig Vacuum settings 0.5 oz/in2 to 12 psig Available in aluminum (type 356), carbon steel, stainless steel and other materials Factory Mutual approved flame arresters Proven spiral wound, crimped ribbon, flame element Modular construction
I I I
The Model 8800A Pressure/Vacuum Valve & Flame Arrester combination units are designed to protect your tank from damage created by over- pressure or excessive vacuum, at the same time that they provide protection from externally caused sources of heat and ignition. The result is increased fire protection and safety. The Model 8800A Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valve offers Groths special cushioned air seating. Superior performing Teflon1 seating diaphragms are standard to minimize sticking caused by resinous vapors and atmospheric moisture. Self draining housings and drip rings protect seating surfaces from condensate and freezing. The wafer construction of the Model 8800A Flame Arrester affords easy accessibility to the flame bank for maintenance. All Groth flame arresters utilize spiral wound, crimped ribbon constructed flame elements. These proven, Factory Mutual approved elements have been reported by NTIS of the Department of Commerce to provide the best flame quenching performance for the least pressure drop. Groth flame arresters are pneumatic tested to 15 psig as standard.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license.
MODEL 8800A
SPECIAL FEATURES
MODEL 8800A
23
AND
FLAME ARRESTERS
SPECIFICATIONS
A C
BB
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
Inlet Flg
(Metric)
A Length
(Metric)
B Height
(Metric)
BB Height
(Metric)
C Width
(Metric)
2"
(50 mm)
12 oz/in
13-5/8"
(346 mm)
27"
(685 mm)
33-7/8"
(860 mm)
9-1/2"
(241 mm)
35
(16 kg)
(52.7 gm/cm2)
3"
(80 mm)
11 oz/in2
15 psig SPRING LOADED PRESSURE *0.5 oz/in2 WEIGHT LOADED
4"
(70.3 gm/cm2) (100 mm)
11 oz/in2
(48.3 gm/cm2)
(48.3 gm/cm2)
18"
(457 mm)
29-5/8 38-3/4"
(752 mm) (984 mm)
11-1/2"
(292 mm)
45
(20 kg)
19-3/4"
(502 mm)
34-5/8" 46-1/4"
(879 mm) (1175 mm)
13"
(330 mm)
70
(32 kg)
6"
(150 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
(2.20 gm/cm2)
(0.84 kg/cm2)
16 oz/in2
28-3/4"
(730 mm)
43-1/4" 58-3/4"
(1099 mm) (1492 mm)
19"
(483 mm)
125
(57 kg)
8"
(200 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
36"
(914 mm)
51-3/8" 69-1/2"
(1305 mm) (1765 mm)
23-5/8"
(600 mm)
210
(95 kg)
10"
(250 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
42"
(1067 mm)
58-7/8"
(1495 mm)
83"
(2108 mm)
30-3/4"
(781 mm)
350
(160 kg)
12"
(300 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
48-1/2"
(1232 mm)
65-3/8" 88-1/8"
(1661 mm) (2238 mm)
35-3/4"
(908 mm)
500
(227 kg)
W.P. = Working Pressure. On spring loaded valves, change model number. 150# ANSI drilling compatibility, F.F. on aluminum and R.F. on carbon steel and stainless steel alloys. 16 oz/in2 set with spacer. SS set weights-consult factory. *Some sizes require non-ferrous components to achieve 0.5 oz/in2 setting.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
O = No Options Z = Special Options O = No Jacket J = Steam Jacket S = Spacer H = Steam Jacket and Spacer Diaphragm Material (Seat): B = Buna-N T = Teflon1 V = Viton2 Z = Special
T 0 0
Weight Loaded Pressure Spring Vacuum Spring Pressure & Vacuum Springs
NOTES
Include model number and setting when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. Stainless steel guides, stems are standard with aluminum and carbon steel bodies. Stainless steel seats standard with carbon steel bodies. 8 8 0 0
1 3 5 Z
= = = =
Flame Element Material Pallet Material Seat Material * Body Material Aluminum Carbon Steel 316 SS Special
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 2" Model 8800A with Aluminum Body and Seat, 316 SS Pallet, Aluminum Flame Element, Teflon1 Seat Diaphragm, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
24
Model 8800A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. Consult Factory for flow capacity with fiberglass valve. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 8800A 4 In WC set pressure [Ps] 7 In WC flowing pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 1 2 3 4 Consult Factory 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00 5 6 7 8 9
Flow = 61,500 SCFH % OP = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 61,500 =53,505 SCFH
25
AND
Model 8800A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. Consult Factory for flow capacity with fiberglass valve. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example.
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 67% overpressure at intersection of row 60 and column 7 C factor at 67% OP = 0.82
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 1 2 3 4 Consult Factory 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00 5 6 7 8 9
ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 8800A 150 mm WC Set Pressure [Ps] 250 mm WC Flowing Pressure [Pf]
1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
Flow = 2,210 NCMH % OP = [(250 - 150)/150] x 100 = 67% C = 0.82 Flow = 0.82 x 2,210 = 1,812 NCMH
26
Model 8800A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. Consult Factory for flow capacity with fiberglass valve. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 8800A 4 In WC set vacuum [Ps] 7 In WC flowing vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 1 2 3 4 Consult Factory 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 5 6 7 8
Flow = 46,700 SCFH % OV = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 46,700 = 40,629 SCFH
Model 8800A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. Consult Factory for flow capacity with fiberglass valve. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example.
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 67% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 60 and column 7 C factor at 67% OV = 0.82
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 1 2 3 4 Consult Factory 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00 5 6 7 8 9
ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 8800A 150 mm WC Set Vacuum [Ps] 250 mm WC Flowing Vacuum [Pf]
1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
Flow = 1,660 NCMH % OV = [(250 - 150)/150] x 100 = 67% C = 0.82 Flow = 0.82 x 1,660 = 1,361 NCMH
28
I Sizes 2" through 12" I Pressure settings 0.5 oz/in2 to 15 psig I Vacuum settings 0.5 oz/in2 to 12 psig
I Modular construction
MODEL 1220A
Model 1220A offers Groths special cushioned air seating. Superior performing Teflon 1 seating diaphragms are standard to minimize sticking caused by resinous vapors and atmospheric moisture. The Model 1220A has a self draining housing body and drip rings to protect seating surfaces from condensate and freezing. This design also avoids pressure or vacuum buildup due to binding or clogging of the valve. Buna-N, Viton2, and other seating diaphragms can be provided when required. Model 1221B may be spring loaded when required for use on blanketed tanks or other type installation requiring higher settings. To insure the proper alignment of seating surfaces there is peripheral guiding and a center stabilizing stem.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
SPECIAL FEATURES
MODEL 1220A
MODEL 1221B
29
I Available in aluminum (type 356), carbon steel, stainless steel, and other materials.
SPECIFICATIONS
A
B B
D D
E E
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
(Metric)
Inlet Flg.
(Metric)
Outlet Flg.
(Metric)
(361 mm)
A Length
(Metric)
(320 mm)
B Height
(Metric) (Metric)
C Width
(Metric)
(140 mm)
BB
2"
(50 mm)
3"
(80 mm)
7"
(178 mm)
5-1/2" 19-5/8"
(499 mm)
26
(12 kg)
3"
(80 mm)
4"
(100 mm)
4"
(100 mm)
6"
(150 mm)
16 oz/in2 11 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2) (48.3 gm/cm2)
18"
(457 mm)
15-1/8"
(384 mm)
9"
(229 mm)
8-1/8"
(206 mm)
6"
(152 mm)
23-3/8"
(594 mm)
34
(16 kg)
19-1/4" 18-1/4"
(489 mm) (463 mm)
11"
(279 mm)
49
(22 kg)
(1.05 kg/cm2)
6"
(150 mm)
8"
(200 mm)
16 oz/in2 16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2) (70.3 gm/cm2)
(0.84 kg/cm2)
(2.20 gm/cm2)
93
(42 kg)
8"
(200 mm)
10"
(250 mm)
16 oz/in2 16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2) (70.3 gm/cm2)
32-1/2" 28-1/2"
(826 mm) (723 mm)
16"
(406 mm)
137
(62 kg)
10"
(250 mm)
12"
(300 mm)
16 oz/in2 16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2) (70.3 gm/cm2)
37-3/4" 34-1/2"
(959 mm) (876 mm)
19"
(483 mm)
18"
(457 mm)
12-1/2" 54-1/8"
(318 mm) (1375 mm)
186
(85 kg)
12"
(300 mm)
14"
(350 mm)
16 oz/in2 16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2) (70.3 gm/cm2)
42-3/4" 39-1/8"
(1086 mm) (993 mm)
21"
(533 mm)
20-5/8"
(524 mm)
15"
58-7/8"
260
(118 kg)
W.P. = Working Pressure. On spring loaded valves, change model number. 150# R.F. drilling compatibility F.F. on aluminum and R.F. on carbon steel and stainless steel alloys. Fiberglass dimensions on request. 16 oz/in2 set with spacer. SS set weights-consult factory. *Some sizes require non-ferrous components to achieve 0.5 oz/in2 setting.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
O = No Options Z = Special Options O = No Jacket J = Steam Jacket S = Spacer H = Steam Jacket and Spacer Diaphragm Material (Seat): B = Buna-N T = Teflon1 V = Viton2 Z = Special
1
1
Weight Loaded Pressure Spring Vacuum Spring Pressure & Vacuum Springs
EXAMPLE
NOTES
Include model number and setting when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. Stainless steel guides, stems are standard with aluminum and carbon steel bodies. Stainless steel seats standard with carbon steel bodies. 1 2
= = = = = =
Indicates a 2" Model 1220A with Aluminum Body and Seat, 316 SS Pallet, Teflon Seat Diaphragm, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
30
Model 1220A/1222B
Set Pressure
(Ps) In WC 0.87 1.00 1.73 2.00 2.60 3.00 3.46 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.0 12.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 oz/in 0.50 0.58 1.00 1.16 1.50 1.73 2.00 2.31 3.47 4.62 5.78 6.93 8.66 11.6 14.4 17.3
2
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1220A 4 In WC set pressure [Ps] 7 In WC flowing pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 112,000 SCFH % OP = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 112,000 = 97,440 SCFH
31
Model 1220A/1222B
Pressure Relief Capacity
Set Pressure
(Ps) mm WC 22 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 375 500 625 750 mb 2.16 4.90 7.35 9.80 12.3 14.7 17.2 19.6 22.1 24.5 27.0 29.4 36.8 49.0 61.3 73.5 2" 0.19 0.29 0.36 0.41 0.46 0.50 0.54 0.58 0.61 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.78 0.90 1.00 1.09 3" 0.37 0.56 0.69 0.80 0.89 0.98 1.06 1.13 1.20 1.26 1.32 1.38 1.54 1.78 1.99 2.18
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory. Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1220A 100 mm WC Set Pressure [Ps] 175 mm WC Flowing Pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 3,140 NCMH % OP = [(175 - 100)/100] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 3,140 = 2,732 NCMH
32
Model 1220A/1221B
Set Vacuum
(Ps) In WC 0.87 1.00 1.73 2.00 2.60 3.00 3.46 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.0 12.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 oz/in 0.50 0.58 1.00 1.16 1.50 1.73 2.00 2.31 3.47 4.62 5.78 6.93 8.66 11.6 14.4 17.3
2
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1220A 4 In WC set vacuum [Ps] 7 In WC flowing vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 74,000 SCFH % OV = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 74,000 = 64,380 SCFH
33
Model 1220A/1221B
Vacuum Relief Capacity
Set Vacuum
(Ps) mm WC 22 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 375 500 625 750 mb 2.16 4.90 7.35 9.80 12.3 14.7 17.2 19.6 22.1 24.5 27.0 29.4 36.8 49.0 61.3 73.5 2" 0.13 0.20 0.24 0.28 0.31 0.34 0.37 0.39 0.42 0.44 0.46 0.48 0.53 0.60 0.66 0.72 3" 0.29 0.44 0.53 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.91 0.96 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.45 1.57
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory. Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1220A 100 mm WC Set Vacuum [Ps] 175 mm WC Flowing Vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 2,080 NCMH % OV = [(175 - 100)/100] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 2,080 = 1,810 NCMH
34
Model 1221B/1223B
Pressure Relief Capacity
Set Pressure
(Ps) psig 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1221B 4 psig set pressure [Ps] 7 psig flowing pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 448,000 SCFH % OP = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 448,000 = 371,840 SCFH
35
Model 1221B/1223B
Pressure Relief Capacity
Set Pressure
(Ps) barg 0.07 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1221B 0.4 barg Set Pressure [Ps] 0.7 barg Flowing Pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 16,200 NCMH % OP = [(0.7 - 0.4)/0.4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 16,200 = 13,446 NCMH
36
Model 1222B/1223B
Vacuum Relief Capacity
Set Vacuum
(Ps) psig 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50 >3.50
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1222B 2 psig set vacuum [Ps] 3.5 psig flowing vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 166,000 SCFH % OV = [(3.50 - 2.0)/2.0] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 166,000 = 137,780 SCFH
37
Model 1222B/1223B
Set Vacuum
(Ps) barg 0.07 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.24 >0.24
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1222B 0.12 barg Set Vacuum [Ps] 0.17 barg Flowing Vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 42% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 40 and column 2 C factor at 42% OV = 0.55
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 4,530 NCMH % OV = [(0.17 - 0.12)/0.12] x 100 = 42% C = 0.55 Flow = 0.55 x 4,530 = 2,491 NCMH
38
I I I I I I I I I I
Same size inlet and outlet connections Cushioned air seating Non-sticking design Center and peripheral pallet guiding Set pressure tolerance 3% Set leak tightness: 1 SCFM at 90% of set pressure Self-draining body Factory tested for compliance with API 2000 and 2521 leakage standards ISO-Certified manufacturing facility Higher set pressures (in weight loaded configuration) than standard pipe-away valves
B
1720A
Groth Series 1700 relief valves are designed with inlet and outlet flanges of the same size to reduce installation costs by having smaller downstream piping. Model 1720A valves are designed for systems requiring pressure and vacuum relief. Model 1760A valves are designed for systems requiring only pressure relief. Available in 2", 3", and 4" sizes and in carbon steel, 316 SS, or fiberglass. Other corrosion-resistant alloys are available on request. Trim materials (seat and pallet components) are 316SS. Other corrosion-resistant alloys including Hastelloy C1, Alloy 20, and others are available on request. Options include stainless steel weights.
1. Hastelloy is a registered trademark of Haynes International.
AA 1760A D BB E A DD E
Table II Dimensions
White bars in inches or pounds. Blue bars in millimeters or kilograms.
Vacuum Min.
0.5 2.1 0.5 2.1 0.5 2.1
Vacuum Min.
0.5 2.2 0.5 2.2 0.5 2.2
Max.
17.4 74 15.5 66 16.5 71
Max.
24 103 24 103 24 103 24 103 24 103 24 103
Max.
16.5 71 15.2 65 15.0 64
Size (inches)
2X2 3X3 4X4
A
13.50 343 18.00 457 19.25 489
B
14.63 372 17.38 441 19.50 495
Model 1720A C D
6.50 165 8.00 203 9.00 229 6.75 171 8.00 203 9.13 232
E
4.75 121 6.00 152 6.50 165
Weight
80 36 105 48 150 68
Size (inches)
2X2 3X3 4X4
Model 1760A AA
7.75 197 10.00 254 10.75 273
BB
11.88 302 14.13 359 16.50 419
C
6.50 165 8.00 203 9.00 229
DD
3.88 99 4.75 121 6.06 154
E
4.75 121 6.00 152 6.50 165
Weight
50 23 70 32 92 42
The 1700 Series relief valves are also available in spring loaded and pilot-operated designs for pressure settings up to 15 psig. Other options include FRP (Furan or Derakane) construction, positive lift indicators, special coatings, and NACE-compliant materials. Consult the factory for details.
39
mm WC
mbar
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory. Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation to approximate the capacity if the set pressure is not listed (Ref: page 173 of Groth product catalog). If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf Ps % OP = Flowing pressure = Set pressure = [ (Pf - Ps) / Ps ] x 100
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 1
Example - To find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5. C factor at 75% OP = 0.87
"C" Factor Table for Pressure Flow
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0.42 0.43 0.44 0.45 0.46 0.46 0.47 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.52 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.59 0.60 0.61 0.61 0.62 0.63 0.64 0.64 0.65 0.66 0.66 0.67 0.68 0.68 0.69 0.70 0.70 0.71 0.72 0.72 0.73 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.75 0.76 0.77 0.77 0.78 0.78 0.79 0.80 0.80 0.81 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.84 0.85 0.85 0.86 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.88 0.89 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.91 0.91 0.92 0.92 0.93 0.93 0.94 0.94 0.95 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.97 0.98 0.99 0.99 1.00
Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example.
40
mm WC 22
mbar 2.16
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation to approximate the capacity if the set vacuum is not listed (Ref: page 173 of Groth product catalog). If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf Ps % OV = Flowing vacuum = Set vacuum = [ (Pf - Ps) / Ps ] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example.
Example - To find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5. C factor at 75% OV = 0.87
"C" Factor Table for Vacuum Flow
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0.42 0.43 0.44 0.45 0.46 0.46 0.47 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.52 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.59 0.60 0.61 0.61 0.62 0.63 0.64 0.64 0.65 0.66 0.66 0.67 0.68 0.68 0.69 0.70 0.70 0.71 0.72 0.72 0.73 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.75 0.76 0.77 0.77 0.78 0.78 0.79 0.80 0.80 0.81 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.84 0.85 0.85 0.86 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.88 0.89 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.91 0.91 0.92 0.92 0.93 0.93 0.94 0.94 0.95 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.97 0.98 0.99 0.99 1.00
41
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL #
A
INLET/OUTLET SIZE
BODY MATERIAL
SEAT MATERIAL
PALLET MATERIAL
DIAPHRAGM MATERIAL
JACKET
SPECIAL OPTIONS
1720A 1760A
02 03 04
5 = 316SS 6 = Vinyl Ester 7 = Furan Z = Special (See note regarding seat material)
B K T V Z
= = = = =
0 = No Jacket N = Steam Jacket S = Vacuum Port Spacer H = Vacuum Port Spacer and Steam Jacket
NOTES
Include model number & setting when ordering. For steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. For special options, consult factory. Stainless steel seats are standard with stainless steel and carbon steel bodies.
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 3" x 3" Model 1720 A with CS body, 316SS seat, 316SS pallet, Buna-N diaphragm, no steam jacket, and no special options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers. 3. Kalrez is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
42
I Sizes 2" through 12" I Pressure settings 0.5 oz/in2 to 15 psig I Vacuum settings 0.5 oz/in2 to 12 psig
Model 8820A
The Model 8820A combination units are used for pressure and vacuum relief where vapors must be piped away. They are designed to protect your tank from damage created by overpressure or excessive vacuum, at the same time that they provide protection from externally caused sources of heat and ignition. The result is reduced emissions level and increased fire protection and safety. The Model 8820A Pressure/Vacuum Relief Valve with flanged pipe-away outlet offers Groths special cushioned air seating. Superior performing Teflon1 seating diaphragms are standard to minimize sticking caused by resinous vapors and atmospheric moisture. Self draining housings and drip rings protect seating surfaces from condensate and freezing. Buna-N, Viton2, and other seating diaphragms can be provided when required. The wafer construction of the Model 8820A Flame Arrester affords easy accessibility to the flame bank for maintenance. All Groth flame arresters utilize spiral wound, crimped ribbon constructed flame elements. These proven, Factory Mutual approved elements, have been reported by NTIS of the Department of
MODEL 8820A
SPECIAL FEATURES
MODEL 8820A
Commerce to provide the best flame quenching performance for the least pressure drop. Groth flame arresters are pneumatic tested to 15 psig as standard.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
43
AND
FLAME ARRESTERS
I Available in aluminum (type 356), carbon steel, stainless steel, and other materials.
SPECIFICATIONS
A E BB B D D
C
Inlet Flg. (Metric) Outlet Flg. (Metric) Max. Set Pressure Weight Loaded
(48.2 gm/cm2)
C
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
A Length (Metric)
(361 mm)
B Height (Metric)
(676 mm)
BB Height (Metric)
(854 mm)
C Width (Metric)
D (Metric)
E (Metric)
2"
(50 mm)
3"
(80 mm)
45
(20 kg)
3"
(80 mm)
4"
(100 mm)
(48.3 gm/cm )
2
4"
(100 mm)
6"
(150 mm)
16 oz/in2 11 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2) (48.3 gm/cm2)
18"
(457 mm)
6"
60
(27 kg)
(790 mm) (1000 mm) (241 mm) (588 mm) (152 mm)
19-1/4"
(489 mm)
90
(41 kg)
(1.05 kg/cm2)
6"
(150 mm)
8"
(200 mm)
16 oz/in2 16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2) (70.3 gm/cm2)
(0.84 kg/cm2)
(2.20 gm/cm2)
(940 mm) (1203 mm) (292 mm) (679 mm) (165 mm)
160
(73 kg)
8"
(200 mm)
10"
(250 mm)
16 oz/in2 16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2) (70.3 gm/cm2)
21"
37-3/8" 10-3/4"
270
(123 kg)
(826 mm) (1358 mm) (1784 mm) (533 mm) (949 mm) (273 mm)
10"
(250 mm)
12"
(300 mm)
16 oz/in2 16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2) (70.3 gm/cm2)
420
(190 kg)
12"
(300 mm)
14"
(350 mm)
16 oz/in2 16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2) (70.3 gm/cm2)
15"
600
(273 kg)
(1086 mm) (1819 mm) (2321 mm) (727 mm) (1273 mm) (381 mm)
W.P. = Working Pressure. On spring loaded valves, change model number. 150# R.F. drilling compatibility F.F. on aluminum and R.F. on carbon steel and stainless steel alloys. 16 oz/in2 set with spacer. SS set weights-consult factory. *Some sizes require non-ferrous components to achieve 0.5 oz/in2 setting.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
O = No Options Z = Special Options O = No Jacket J = Steam Jacket S = Spacer H = Steam Jacket and Spacer Diaphragm Material (Seat): B = Buna-N T = Teflon1 V = Viton2 Z = Special
T 0 0
Weight Loaded Pressure Spring Vacuum Spring Pressure & Vacuum Springs
Flame Element Material Pallet Material Seat Material * Body Material = = = = Aluminum Carbon Steel 316 SS Special
0 2 1 1 5 1
EXAMPLE
NOTES
Include model number and setting when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. Stainless steel guides, stems are standard with aluminum and carbon steel bodies. Stainless steel seats standard with carbon steel bodies. 8 8
Indicates a 2" Model 8820A with Aluminum Body and Seat, 316 SS Pallet, Aluminum Flame Element, Teflon1 Seat Diaphragm, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
44
Model 8820A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. Consult Factory for flow capacity with fiberglass valve. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 8820A 4 In WC set pressure [Ps] 7 In WC flowing pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 1 2 3 4 Consult Factory 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.91 0.97 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00 5 6 7 8 9
Flow = 58,000 SCFH % OP = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 58,000 = 50,460 SCFH
45
AND
Model 8820A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. Consult Factory for flow capacity with fiberglass valve. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example.
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 67% overpressure at intersection of row 60 and column 7 C factor at 67% OP = 0.82
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 1 2 3 4 Consult Factory 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.91 0.97 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00 5 6 7 8 9
ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 8820A 150 mm WC Set Pressure [Ps] 250 mm WC Flowing Pressure [Pf]
1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
Flow = 2,080 NCMH % OP = [(250 - 150)/150] x 100 = 67% C = 0.82 Flow = 0.82 x 2,080 = 1,706 NCMH
46
Model 8820A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. Consult Factory for flow capacity with fiberglass valve. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 8820A 4 In WC set vacuum [Ps] 7 In WC flowing vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 1 2 3 4 Consult Factory 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.91 0.97 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00 5 6 7 8 9
Flow = 46,700 SCFH % OV = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 46,700 = 40,629 SCFH
47
AND
Model 8820A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. Consult Factory for flow capacity with fiberglass valve. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example.
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 67% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 60 and column 7 C factor at 67% OV = 0.82
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 1 2 3 4 Consult Factory 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.91 0.97 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00 5 6 7 8 9
ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 8820A 150 mm WC Set Vacuum [Ps] 250 mm WC Flowing Vacuum [Pf]
1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
Flow = 1,660 NCMH % OV = [(250 - 150)/150] x 100 = 67% C = 0.82 Flow = 0.82 x 1,660 = 1,361 NCMH
48
I I
Fiberglass
Groth provides fiberglass products for corrosive service Available in Series 1200A, 1300A, 2000A and others
Relief Valves
Fiberglass valves are used the same as their counterparts manufactured in metal, primarily on aboveground storage tank installations. Fiberglass construction can be used where highly corrosive and toxic liquids are being stored. The fiberglass series design will protect the tank from damage created by overpressuring or excessive vacuum. Costly product evaporation losses due to normal tank breathing are greatly reduced. Retention of product vapors reduces the possibility of atmospheric contamination. Fiberglass valves offer Groths special cushioned air seating. Superior performing Teflon1 seating diaphragms are standard to minimize sticking caused by resinous vapors and atmospheric moisture. These valves have a self draining housing body and drip rings to protect seating surfaces from condensate and freezing. This design also avoids pressure or vacuum buildup due to binding or clogging of the valves. These fiberglass valves may be spring loaded when required for use on blanketed tank or other type installations requiring higher settings. To insure the proper alignment of seating surfaces there is peripheral guiding and a center stabilizing stem.
SPECIAL FEATURES
MODEL 2050
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license.
MODEL 1220A
49
CORROSION RESISTANCE
FIBERGLASS WITH VINYL ESTER RESIN #411 RESISTANT ACIDS: Acetic Acrylic Boric Chromic (20%) Formic Hydrochloric Hydrofluoric * Nitric (<40%) Perchloric Phosphoric Sulfuric (75%) SALTS: Alum Ammonium Chloride Calcium Chloride Ferric Chloride Magnesium Sulfate Sodium Chloride Sodium Chromate BLEACHING AGENTS: Calcium Chlorate Calcium Hypochlorite Chlorine Dioxide Chlorine Water Hydrogen Peroxide Potassium Permanganate Sodium Chlorate Sodium Hypochlorite BASES: Potassium Hydroxide Sodium Hydroxide * Ammonium Hydroxide * Ammonium Carbonate Potassium Carbonate * Sodium Carbonate * WATER: Demineralized Distilled OTHERS: Alcohols Alum Chlorohydroxide Glycerin Sulfonated Detergents Urea-Ammonium Nitrate Fertilizers ACIDS: Acetic Acrylic Chlorophenol Hydrochloric BASES: Aniline Diethylamine Potassium Carbonate SALTS: Alum Ammonium Bromide Calcium Chloride WATER: Demineralized SOLVENTS: Acetone Benzene Carbon Disulfide Carbon Tetrachloride Chlorobenzene Ethanol Ethyl Acetate Ethylene Dichloride OTHERS: Acrylonitrile Benzyl Chloride Cyclohexanone Formalin FIBERGLASS WITH FURAN RESIN RESISTANT Nitric (5%) Phosphoric Sulfonic Sulfuric (25%, 50%) Sodium Carbonate Sodium Hydroxide (5%, 50%) Ferric Chloride Magnesium Sulfate Sodium Chromate Distilled Methanol Methyl Ethyl Ketone Methyl Isobutyl Ketone Perchloroethylene Toluene Trichloroethylene Xylene
Dimensional drawings on request. Chemical resistance information provided by Dow Chemical (Vinyl Ester Resin) and Qua Corr (Furan). For Flow Data see corresponding Model Brochure. Consult a chemical resistance guide or handbook for additional material compatibility information.
50
I I I
Steam Jacketed Valves are designed for use on tanks containing liquids whose vapors may crystallize at normal temperature. They afford protection against valve clogging. Uniform heating of the housing and valves assures the valve will remain in operating condition. Available on model numbers 1200A, 1220A, 1260A, 1300A, 1360A, 2000A, 2300A, and 2400A.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Steam Jacketed Valves are built of corrosion resistant materials throughout. Valve covers can be easily removed for convenient inspection and maintenance. Steam heated valves are suitable for steam circulation up to 100 psig saturated.
51
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers
MODEL #
SIZE
MATERIAL
OPTIONS
Pallet Material Seat Material * Body Material 3 = Carbon Steel 5 = 316 SS Z = Special
Include model number, setting and steam pressure when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. Stainless steel guides and stems are standard with carbon steel bodies.
O = No Options Z = Special Options O = No Jacket J = Steam Jacket Diaphragm Material (Seat): B = Buna-N T = Teflon 1 V = Viton2 M = Metal-to-Metal Z = Special
5 5 T J 0
EXAMPLE
NOTES
Indicates a 2" Model 1200A with 316 SS Body, Seat and Pallet, Teflon1 Seat Diaphragm, Steam Jacketed, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
GROTH CORPORATION
800-354-7684 www.grothcorp.com 52
I I
Models 7618/7628
Sizes 2" through 60" Available in carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum (type 356), and other materials Wafer design for quick and easy maintenance Unique recessed seating for superior protection Factory Mutual and ATEX approval for most sizes and materials Proven spiral wound, crimped ribbon, flame element Tapped drain and instrumentation ports available
MODEL 7628 (HORIZONTAL) DEFLAGRATION FLAME ARRESTERS 53 MODEL 7618 (VERTICAL)
I I I I I
Both models are designed to inhibit flame propagation in gas piping systems and to protect low pressure tanks containing flammable liquids. Arresters protect low flash point liquids from externally caused sources of heat and ignition. This provides increased fire protection and safety.
MODEL 7618
SPECIAL FEATURES
Both models are built of corrosion resistant materials throughout. Wafer design construction affords easy accessibility to the flame bank. Additionally, jack screws aid in the removal from the shell assembly. All Groth flame arrester flame banks utilize spiral wound, crimped ribbon constructed flame elements. These proven Factory Mutual approved elements have been reported by NTIS of the Department of Commerce to provide the best flame quenching performance for the least pressure drop. Groths special recessed flame bank seating construction uniquely provides an extra measure of protection against leakage and possible flame propagation.
MODEL 7628
Note:
All Groth flame arresters are bi-directional. Factory Mutual regulates that flame arresters be installed less than 10 pipe diameters from the source of ignition.
SPECIFICATIONS
A AA
BB
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
Size* (Metric)
A Width (Metric)
B Height (Metric)
AA Length (Metric)
BB Height (Metric)
2"
(51 mm)
8-3/4"
(221 mm)
14"
(356 mm)
13-3/4"
(349 mm)
9-1/2"
(241 mm)
50 psig
(345 kPa)
100 psig
(690 kPa)
150 psig
(1035 kPa)
350 psig
(2415 kPa)
18
(8 kg)
3"
(76 mm)
9-1/2"
(241 mm)
16"
(406 mm)
15-3/4"
(400 mm)
11"
(279 mm)
50 psig
(345 kPa)
100 psig
(690 kPa)
140 psig
(966 kPa)
325 psig
(2242 kPa)
25
(11 kg)
4"
(102 mm)
11-1/2"
(292 mm)
18-1/4"
(464 mm)
18"
(457 mm)
12-1/2"
(318 mm)
50 psig
(345 kPa)
100 psig
(690 kPa)
140 psig
(966 kPa)
325 psig
(2242 kPa)
40
(18 kg)
6"
(152 mm)
16-1/2"
(419 mm)
21"
(533 mm)
21"
(533 mm)
16-1/2"
(419 mm)
50 psig
(345 kPa)
100 psig
(690 kPa)
140 psig
(966 kPa)
325 psig
(2242 kPa)
70
(32 kg)
8"
(203 mm)
21"
(533 mm)
25"
(635 mm)
25"
(635 mm)
20-1/2"
(521 mm)
50 psig
(345 kPa)
100 psig
(690 kPa)
90 psig
(621 kPa)
200 psig
(1380 kPa)
135
(61 kg)
10"
(254 mm)
24-3/4"
(629 mm)
30"
(762 mm)
30"
(762 mm)
24-1/2"
(622 mm)
50 psig
(345 kPa)
100 psig
(690 kPa)
75 psig
(517 kPa)
150 psig
(1035 kPa)
235
(107 kg)
12"
(305 mm)
28-5/8"
(727 mm)
32-1/2"
(826 mm)
32-1/2"
(826 mm)
28-1/2"
(724 mm)
50 psig
(345 kPa)
100 psig
(690 kPa)
75 psig
(517 kPa)
150 psig
(1035 kPa)
345
(156 kg)
* Larger sizes available on special application. 150# ANSI drilling compatibility, F.F. on aluminum and R.F. on carbon steel and stainless steel alloys. Pneumatic tested to 15 psig as standard.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
Flame element winding Body Material 1 3 5 Z = = = = Aluminum Carbon Steel 316 SS Special
O Z O X J
= = = = =
NOTES
Include model number when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. 7 6 2
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 2" Model 7628 with Aluminum Body, 316 SS Flame Element Winding, Flanged Outlet, and no other options.
54
Model 7618
Flow Capacity
10" 54.7 87.8 114 136 174 206 235 260 284 306 327 346 365 383 400 416 432 12" 79.1 127 164 197 251 297 338 375 409 441 470 499 525 551 576 599 622 End of Line
Tank Pressure
In WC 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 oz/in 0.6 1.2 1.7 2.3 3.5 4.6 5.8 6.9 8.1 9.2 10.4 11.6 12.7 13.9 15.0 16.2 17.3
2
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization. 3. Flow capacity is based on actual tests and certified by Groth Corporation.
4. Flow data are for tank mounting or end of line and includes flame arrester entrance loss, exit loss, and internal losses.
Model 7618
End of Line
Flow Capacity
10" 1.55 2.49 3.23 3.86 4.93 5.84 6.64 7.37 8.04 8.67 9.25 9.81 10.3 10.8 11.3 11.8 12.2 12" 2.24 3.59 4.66 5.57 7.11 8.42 9.57 10.6 11.6 12.5 13.3 14.1 14.9 15.6 16.3 17.0 17.6
Tank Pressure
mm H2O 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 mb 2.45 4.90 7.35 9.80 14.7 19.6 24.5 29.4 34.3 39.2 44.1 49.0 53.9 59 64 69 74 2" 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.19 0.23 0.27 0.31 0.34 0.37 0.40 0.42 0.45 0.47 0.49 0.51 0.53 0.55
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization. 3. Flow capacity is based on actual tests and certified by Groth Corporation.
4. Flow data are for tank mounting or end of line and includes flame arrester entrance loss, exit loss, and internal losses.
Model 7628
Flow Capacity
10" 63.4 109 146 178 234 282 324 363 398 431 463 480 502 524 545 566 586 12" 91.8 157 211 257 337 405 466 522 573 620 665 701 723 756 786 816 845 In-Line
Pressure Drop
In WC 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 oz/in 0.6 1.2 1.7 2.3 3.5 4.6 5.8 6.9 8.1 9.2 10.4 11.6 12.7 13.9 15.0 16.2 17.3
2
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization.
3. Flow capacity is based on actual tests and certified by Groth Corporation. 4. Flow data are for in-line mounting and does not include entrance losses or exit losses.
Model 7628
Pressure Drop
mm H2O 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 mb 2.45 4.90 7.35 9.80 14.7 19.6 24.5 29.4 34.3 39.2 44.1 49.0 53.9 59 64 69 74 2" 0.09 0.15 0.19 0.23 0.29 0.34 0.39 0.43 0.47 0.51 0.54 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.69 0.71
Flow Capacity
In-Line
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization.
3. Flow capacity is based on actual tests and certified by Groth Corporation. 4. Flow data are for in-line mounting and does not include entrance losses or exit losses.
FLAME ARRESTERS
FLAME CHECKS
I I
Sizes 1/2" through 2" Available with carbon steel and stainless steel housing and stainless steel element (perforated plate construction) Designed for easy maintenance
Model 7622
FLAME CHECKS
Model 7622 is designed to prevent flashback in small lines carrying flammable gases. They are often used in small pilot lines and are intended for use where the gas flow can be shut off. The Flame Checks are union type fittings with FNPT connections.
SPECIAL FEATURES
The Model 7622 Flame Element consists of perforated plates with sufficient openings to provide a minimum pressure drop and still prevent flashback in the line. The construction permits easy access for inspection and maintenance.
MODEL 7622
59
FLAME ARRESTERS
FLAME ARRESTERS
SPECIFICATIONS
A
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
A Width (Metric)
1-7/8" (48 mm) 1-7/8" (48 mm) 2-1/8" (54 mm) 2-1/2" (64 mm)
B Height (Metric)
2.77" (70 mm) 1.84" (47 mm) 2.34" (59 mm) 2.59" (66 mm)
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
7622
1/2"
Thru
1-1/2"
NOTES
Include model number when ordering. For special options, consult factory. * Standard Material 316 SS
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 1" Model 7622 with Carbon Steel body, 316 SS Flame Element, FNPT connections, and no options.
60
FLAME ARRESTERS
Model 7622
Pressure Drop
In WC 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 oz/in 0.6 1.2 1.7 2.3 3.5 4.6 5.8 6.9 8.1 9.2 10.4 11.6 12.7 13.9 15.0 16.2 17.3
2
Flow Capacity
1-1/2" 555 785 962 1110 1360 1570 1755 1922 2075 2218 2353 2479 2600 2715 2825 2932 3034
FLAME ARRESTERS
1-1/2" 1" 1/2" 3/4"
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization.
FLAME ARRESTERS
Model 7622
Pressure Drop
mm H20 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 mb 2.45 4.90 7.35 9.80 14.7 19.6 24.5 29.4 34.3 39.2 44.1 49.0 53.9 59 64 69 74
Flow Capacity
1-1/2" 15.6 22.1 27.0 31.2 38.2 44.1 49.3 54.0 58.3 62.3 66.1 69.7 73.1 76.3 79.4 82.4 85.3
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization.
1-1/2"
FLAME ARRESTERS
Steam Jacketed
I
Prevents freezing and product build-up
Steam jacketed flame arresters are designed for use on tanks containing liquids whose vapors may crystallize at normal temperatures. Steam Jacketing protects the flame arrester bank element from clogging.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Steam jacketed flame arresters are built of corrosion resistant materials throughout. Jacketed flame arresters are suitable for saturated steam up to 100 psig.
FLAME ARRESTERS
SPECIFICATIONS
A
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
A Width (Metric)
B Height (Metric)
2"
(51 mm)
12-5/8"
(321 mm)
13-3/4"
(349 mm)
22
(10 kg)
3"
(76 mm)
12-5/8"
(321 mm)
15-3/4"
(400 mm)
31
(14 kg)
4"
(102 mm)
14-5/8"
(372 mm)
18"
(457 mm)
50
(23 kg)
6"
(152 mm)
17-7/8"
(454 mm)
21"
(533 mm)
88
(40 kg)
8"
(203 mm)
25-7/8"
(657 mm)
25"
(635 mm)
170
(77 kg)
10"
(254 mm)
29-7/8"
(759 mm)
30"
(762 mm)
290
(132 kg)
12"
(305 mm)
31-7/8"
(810 mm)
32-1/2"
(826 mm)
430
(195 kg)
* Larger sizes available on special application. 150# ANSI drilled compatibility, F.F. on aluminum and R.F. on carbon steel and stainless steel alloys.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
7618
NOTES
O Z O J F W
= = = = = =
Include model number when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature.
No Options Special Options No Jacket Steam Jacket Flanged outlet (in-line design) Weatherhood (replaces flanged outlet)
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 2" Model 7618 with Carbon Steel Body, 316 SS Flame Element Winding, Flanged Outlet, Steam Jacket, and no other options.
64
Model 7658A
size
USCG AND ATEX APPROVED FOR NEC GROUP D (IEC GROUP IIA) VAPORS
Sequence of Detonation
1. Pre-ignition
2. Ignition
3. Confined Deflagration
4. Detonation
5. Arrested
6. Pressure Wave
65
INTRODUCTION
Groth Corporation has provided the most reliable fire prevention equipment since 1971. As the industry leader in supplying fire protection equipment for liquid storage and the handling of flammable vapors, Groth Corporation has developed a complete line of deflagration and detonation flame arresters. To verify the function and reliability of these arresters, Groth has installed a state-of-the-art facility, capable of performing tests under any condition of vapor medium, system pressure and temperature, ignition and flame propagation characteristics, and test specifications. The Groth Model 7658A has been successfully tested to USCG and IMO standards for detonation flame arresters. Groth can provide additional testing under your specific operating conditions. By utilizing multiple flame element diameters for each pipe size, an arrester can be sized to provide your required flow capacity at minimum cost. New and innovative solutions are constantly being developed at Groth Corporation. Groth will continue to provide the best available pressure/vacuum relief and fire prevention equipment for your liquid storage and vapor handling facilities.
Burn Test
OPTIONS
In-line cleaning Large inspection and cleaning ports Swing bolts for fast element removal Special and exotic materials available Testing to customer specifications available
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
5" 17.19
437 mm
6" 20.31
516 mm
8" 22.43
570 mm
12" 25.94
659 mm
16" 29.63
753 mm
20" 32.43
824 mm
24" 38.75
984 mm
28" 35.75
908 mm
30" 42.88
1086 mm
32" 39.25
997 mm
36" 42.00
1067 mm
42" 50.00
1270 mm
48" 56.00
1422 mm
9.00
229 mm
11.00
279 mm
13.50
343 mm
19.00
483 mm
23.50
597 mm
27.50
699 mm
32.00
813 mm
36.50
927 mm
38.75
984 mm
41.75
1060 mm
46.00
1219 mm
53.00
1346 mm
59.50
1511 mm
75
34 kg
100
45 kg
175
79 kg
350
159 kg
550
249 kg
850
386 kg
1200
544 kg
1600
726 kg
1900
862 kg
2200
998 kg
2900
1315 kg
4100
1860 kg
5300
2404 kg
* Larger sizes available on special applications. All units with ANSI 150 RF flanges standard (other flange drillings available).
66
FLOW CAPACITY
Model 7658A
1000 Standard Cubic Feet per Hour at 60 F
Pressure Drop [oz/in2] 0.58 Pressure Drop [In WC] 1
2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 5 6 8 6 8 10 12 8 10 12 16 12 16 20 24 16 20 24 30 20 24 30 42 24 36 42 48 0.63 0.89 1.48 0.92 1.61 2.43 3.32 1.63 2.52 3.57 5.91 3.67 6.43 9.72 13.3 6.53 10.1 14.3 21.2 10.2 14.6 22.3 39.9 14.7 32.1 42.4 53.2 1 1.73 1.08 1.50 2.40 1.58 2.73 4.05 5.40 2.81 4.30 6.01 9.60 6.31 10.9 16.2 21.6 11.2 17.2 24.0 34.9 17.5 24.9 37.5 64.3 25.2 54.1 70.3 86.4 1.16 2 1.24 1.72 2.72 1.82 3.14 4.63 6.11 3.23 4.95 6.88 10.9 7.3 12.5 18.5 24.5 12.9 19.8 27.5 39.6 20.2 28.7 43.0 72.7 29.1 61.9 80.1 97.8 1.73 3 1.82 2.50 3.81 2.70 4.60 6.64 8.57 4.81 7.29 9.99 15.2 10.8 18.4 26.6 34.3 19.2 29.1 40.0 56.0 30.0 42.3 62.4 101 43.3 89.9 114 137 2 3.46 2.08 2.84 4.27 3.11 5.25 7.52 9.61 5.52 8.34 11.4 17.1 12.4 21.0 30.1 38.4 22.1 33.3 45.4 63.0 34.5 48.4 71.0 113 49.7 102 129 154 2.31 4 2.39 3.23 4.79 3.57 6.00 8.52 10.8 6.35 9.55 12.9 19.2 14.3 24.0 34.1 43.1 25.4 38.2 51.7 70.9 39.7 55.5 80.8 126 57.2 116 146 172 3.47 6 3.46 4.60 6.54 5.27 8.66 11.9 14.7 9.36 13.9 18.4 26.1 21.1 34.6 47.8 58.8 37.4 55.4 73.6 97.7 58.5 80.9 115 171 84.2 166 203 235 4.62 8 4.48 5.85 8.07 6.90 11.1 15.0 18.2 12.3 17.9 23.4 32.3 27.6 44.6 60.1 72.6 49.1 71.7 93.6 121 76.7 105 146 210 110 211 254 291 5.78 10 5.45 7.02 9.46 8.49 13.5 17.9 21.3 15.1 21.8 28.1 37.8 34.0 53.9 71.5 85.1 60.4 87.2 112 143 94.4 128 175 246 136 253 301 340 6.93 12 6.37 8.12 10.7 10.0 15.7 20.5 24.1 17.8 25.5 32.5 42.9 40.2 62.8 82.1 96.6 71.4 102 130 163 112 150 203 278 161 292 345 386 9.24 16 8.11 10.1 13.0 13.0 19.9 25.4 29.3 23.1 32.4 40.5 52.1 52.0 79.4 101 117 92.5 130 162 199 145 191 253 336 208 365 424 469 11.6 20 9.72 12.0 15.1 15.8 23.7 29.7 33.9 28.1 38.9 47.9 60.3 63.3 94.8 119 136 113 156 192 231 176 230 299 388 253 431 495 543 13.9 24 11.2 13.7 17.0 18.5 27.3 33.7 38.2 32.9 44.9 54.7 67.8 74.1 109 135 153 132 180 219 261 206 267 342 435 297 493 560 610 16.0 27.7 12.6 15.2 18.6 20.9 30.4 37.2 41.8 37.2 50.2 60.7 74.3 83.7 122 149 167 149 201 243 286 233 299 379 476 335 546 616 668
A Z
B Diameter
Section Z-Z 67
FLOW CAPACITY
METRIC
Model 7658A
Air Flow Capacity
102 10 153 15 101 134 191 154 253 349 430 274 405 537 764 616 1012 1396 1718 1095 1620 2150 2854 1710 2363 3359 5003 2463 4837 5931 6873 204 20 131 171 236 202 326 439 530 359 524 684 943 807 1302 1757 2121 1435 2096 2736 3548 2243 3067 4276 6146 3229 6157 7428 8486 255 25 159 205 276 248 394 522 621 441 637 820 1105 993 1576 2089 2486 1766 2548 3282 4178 2759 3738 5128 7176 3972 7384 8796 9943 306 30 186 237 313 293 459 599 705 522 745 948 1254 1174 1836 2398 2820 2086 2979 3794 4760 3260 4381 5928 8119 4695 8536 10064 11282 356 35 407 40 509 50 284 350 440 463 692 868 991 822 1136 1400 1762 1851 2768 3472 3964 3290 4544 5599 6756 5141 6728 8748 11331 7402 12597 14450 15855 611 60 328 400 495 542 797 985 1114 963 1313 1599 1980 2166 3186 3940 4456 3851 5251 6395 7619 6017 7795 9993 12710 8665 14390 16355 17824 713 70 370 446 546 617 895 1094 1228 1097 1480 1785 2183 2469 3579 4377 4911 4390 5920 7140 8419 6859 8807 11157 13984 9877 16066 18125 19646
69.8 94.5 140 104 175 249 315 186 279 378 560 418 702 996 1260 743 1116 1512 2072 1161 1623 2362 3695 1671 3401 4262 5039
212 237 267 296 348 380 337 380 521 580 672 740 783 856 600 676 848 947 1069 1184 1392 1522 1349 1520 2083 2321 2688 2962 3132 3424 2399 2703 3392 3790 4278 4738 5302 5813 3748 4223 4999 5594 6684 7403 8996 9817 5397 6082 9625 10660 11252 12372 12528 13697
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # x
O S I J P R Z = = = = = = = No Special Options Swing Bolts Instrument Connections* Steam Jacket Inspection Ports* In-line Cleaning Special Options
MATERIAL
OPTIONS
7658A
Flame element winding 5 = 316 SS Z = Special Body Material 3 = Carbon Steel 5 = 316 SS Z = Special
NOTES
Include model number when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. See flow table for available sizes. 7 6 5 8
F = 150# R.F. ANSI Flange D = DIN PN16 Flange Z = Special Flange Drilling * Customer specified size
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 3" Model 7658A with Carbon Steel body, 316 SS Flame Element, ANSI Flanged Outlet, and no other options.
68
Model 7758A
FLAME ARRESTER
APPLICATIONS
Models are available in flange sizes from 2" through 12" (50 - 300 mm) for the following applications: In-line or end-of-line deflagrations in any piping configuration Stable or unstable detonations in any piping configuration Pre-ignition system pressure up to 19.7 psia (1.36 bara) (see specifications table, page 70) Pre-ignition system temperature to 140 F (60 C) Bi-directional with respect to flow and ignition source Factory installed integral flame sensors are available
MODEL 7758A
FEATURES
Housings are available in carbon steel, 316 SS, and Hastelloy C and elements in 316 SS, Hastelloy C, and other corrosion resistant alloys.
1. Hastelloy is a registered trademark of Haynes International.
These arresters are compact with high flow capacity and low pressure drop. Elements are easily removed in-line for cleaning and maintenance and are economical to replace if necessary. Contact the factory for additional features and options.
69
The Groth Model 7758A Deflagration & Detonation Flame Arrester inhibits flame propagation in gas piping systems. The design of the Model 7758A Flame Arrester makes it ideal to protect liquid storage tanks containing both NEC Group D and Group C vapors (IEC Class IIA and IIB1 through IIB3 vapors) with a Maximum Experimental Safe Gap (MESG) equal to or greater than 0.026" [0.65 mm].
SPECIFICATIONS
Maximum Burn Time minutes
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Flange Size*
(Metric)
2"
(50 mm)
Element Size
(Metric)
4"
(100 mm)
A Length
(Metric)
10.75"
(273 mm)
B Height
(Metric)
9"
(229 mm)
Maximum Pre-Ignition Pressure Stable Unstable Deflagrations Detonations Detonations psia psia psia (bara) (bara) (bara)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
2"
(50 mm)
6"
(150 mm)
12.75"
(324 mm)
11"
(279 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
77
(35 kg)
2"
(50 mm)
8"
(200 mm)
14.5"
(368 mm)
13.5"
(343 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
114
(52 kg)
3"
(80 mm)
6"
(150 mm)
12.75"
(324 mm)
11"
(279 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
88
(40 kg)
3"
(80 mm)
8"
(200 mm)
14.5"
(368 mm)
13.5"
(343 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
125
(57 kg)
3"
(80 mm)
10"
(250 mm)
16.81"
(427 mm)
16.0"
(406 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
177
(80 kg)
3"
(80 mm)
12"
(300 mm)
18.31"
(465 mm)
19.0"
(483 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
269
(122 kg)
4"
(100 mm)
8"
(200 mm)
14.5"
(368 mm)
13.5"
(343 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
134
(61 kg)
4"
(100 mm)
10"
(250 mm)
16.81"
(427 mm)
16.0"
(406 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
183
(83 kg)
4"
(100 mm)
12"
(300 mm)
18.31"
(465 mm)
19.0"
(483 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
275
(125 kg)
4"
(100 mm)
20"
(500 mm)
23.69"
(602 mm)
27.5"
(699 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.2
(1.32)
19.2
(1.32)
645
(293 kg)
6"
(150 mm)
12"
(300 mm)
18.31"
(465 mm)
19.0"
(483 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
19.7
(1.36)
287
(130 kg)
6"
(150 mm)
20"
(500 mm)
23.69"
(602 mm)
27.5"
(699 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.2
(1.32)
19.2
(1.32)
657
(299 kg)
6"
(150 mm)
26"
(650 mm)
29.06"
(738 mm)
34.25"
(870 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.2
(1.32)
19.2
(1.32)
1062
(483 kg)
6"
(150 mm)
30"
(750 mm)
32.31"
(821 mm)
38.75"
(984 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.2
(1.32)
19.2
(1.32)
1407
(640 kg)
8"
(200 mm)
20"
(500 mm)
23.69"
(602 mm)
27.5"
(699 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.2
(1.32)
19.2
(1.32)
677
(308 kg)
8"
(200 mm)
26"
(650 mm)
29.06"
(738 mm)
34.25"
(870 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.2
(1.32)
19.2
(1.32)
1082
(492 kg)
8"
(200 mm)
30"
(750 mm)
32.31"
(821 mm)
38.75"
(984 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.2
(1.32)
19.2
(1.32)
1427
(649 kg)
10"
(250 mm)
26"
(650 mm)
29.06"
(738 mm)
34.25"
(870 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.2
(1.32)
19.2
(1.32)
1100
(500 kg)
10"
(250 mm)
30"
(750 mm)
32.31"
(821 mm)
38.75"
(984 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.2
(1.32)
19.2
(1.32)
1445
(657 kg)
12"
(300 mm)
30"
(750 mm)
32.31"
(821 mm)
38.75"
(984 mm)
19.7
(1.36)
19.2
(1.32)
19.2
(1.32)
1491
(678 kg)
70
FLOW CAPACITY
Flow Capacity (1000 SCFH at 60F)
Pressure drop [In WC] Pressure drop [oz/in ]
2
Model 7758A
2 1.2 1.70 2.80 3.31 3.76 5.22 6.29 7.06 6.09 7.95 9.60 12.7 11.8 19.3 20.8 22.1 22.0 24.2 26.4 25.6 28.1 28.8 3 1.7 2.15 3.50 4.09 4.76 6.55 7.84 8.76 7.70 10.1 12.1 15.9 15.0 24.3 26.1 27.7 27.9 30.7 33.3 32.5 35.7 36.7 4 2.3 2.54 4.09 4.76 5.61 7.70 9.17 10.17 9.11 11.8 14.2 18.4 17.8 28.6 30.7 32.5 33.0 36.3 39.4 38.5 42.3 43.5 6 3.5 3.20 5.09 5.89 7.09 9.60 11.4 12.6 11.5 14.8 17.8 22.8 22.4 35.9 38.5 40.7 41.8 45.9 49.8 48.9 53.7 55.3 8 4.6 3.77 5.95 6.84 8.36 11.3 13.3 14.7 13.6 17.5 20.8 26.6 26.6 42.2 45.1 47.7 49.4 54.2 58.7 58.0 63.6 65.6 10 5.8 4.28 6.70 7.69 9.50 12.8 15.0 16.5 15.5 19.9 23.6 29.9 30.2 47.8 51.1 53.9 56.2 61.7 66.7 66.1 72.4 74.9 12 6.9 4.76 7.39 8.46 10.5 14.2 16.6 18.2 17.2 21.9 26.0 32.9 33.6 52.9 56.5 59.6 62.5 68.5 74.1 73.6 80.6 83.4 16 9.2 5.61 8.63 9.79 12.4 16.6 19.4 21.2 20.3 25.8 30.5 38.3 39.8 62.1 66.2 69.7 73.9 80.8 87.3 87.1 95.0 98.8 20 12 6.37 9.69 11.0 14.2 18.8 21.9 23.8 23.1 29.3 34.4 43.0 45.2 70.4 74.9 78.9 84.1 92.0 98.8 99.8 108 113 24 14 7.07 10.7 12.2 15.7 20.7 24.0 26.2 25.7 32.4 38.0 47.3 50.4 77.9 82.8 87.0 93.5 102 110 110 121 125 28 16 7.71 11.6 13.1 17.1 22.6 26.1 28.5 28.0 35.3 41.4 51.3 55.0 84.8 90.2 94.7 103 111 121 121 132 138
1 .58 1.14 1.92 2.29 2.52 3.53 4.30 4.87 4.07 5.35 6.54 8.84 7.87 13.0 14.1 15.0 14.6 16.2 17.7 17.0 18.7 19.1
2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12
4 6 8 6 8 10 12 8 10 12 20 12 20 26 30 20 26 30 26 30 30
Pressure drop [mm WC] Pressure drop [mbar] 50 50 50 75 75 75 75 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 250 250 300 100 150 200 150 200 250 300 200 250 300 500 300 500 650 750 500 650 750 650 750 750
25 2.5 32.7 55.0 65.6 72.2 101 123 140 117 153 187 253 225 373 403 430 419 463 507 487 536 547
50 4.9 48.7 80.3 94.8 108 150 180 202 175 228 275 365 338 553 596 634 632 694 757 733 806 825
75 7.4 61.5 100 117 136 188 225 251 221 289 346 455 430 697 749 795 801 880 956 931 1024 1051
100 9.8 72.7 117 136 161 221 263 291 261 338 406 528 509 820 880 931 945 1040 1130 1103 1212 1247
150 14.7 91.8 146 169 203 275 327 362 330 425 509 654 643 1029 1103 1166 1198 1315 1427 1402 1539 1585
200 19.6 108 170 196 240 324 381 422 389 501 596 762 762 1209 1294 1367 1416 1555 1683 1661 1822 1882
250 24.5 123 192 220 272 368 430 474 444 569 675 858 866 1370 1465 1544 1612 1767 1912 1895 2075 2146
300 29 136 212 242 302 406 477 523 493 629 746 942 964 1517 1620 1707 1792 1963 2124 2110 2309 2391
400 39 161 247 280 357 477 556 607 583 741 874 1097 1141 1781 1898 1999 2119 2317 2503 2497 2723 2832
500 49 183 278 316 406 539 626 684 662 839 986 1234 1296 2018 2146 2260 2410 2636 2832 2859 3104 3241
600 59 203 308 349 449 594 689 752 735 929 1089 1356 1443 2233 2375 2494 2680 2914 3159 3159 3458 3595
700 69 221 332 376 490 648 749 817 803 1013 1187 1471 1577 2432 2584 2715 2941 3186 3458 3458 3785 3949
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow capacities were determined from actual tests.
3. Flow data are for inline mounting and do not include external piping losses.
71
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
O = No Special Options Z = Consult Factory 7758A Flange Size 02" THRU 12" Element Size 04" THRU 30" Flame Element Material 5 = 316 SS 8 = Hastelloy C1 Housing Material 3 = Carbon Steel 5 = 316 SS 8 = Hastelloy C1 O = No Options I = Instrument Connections* T = Integrated Thermocouple (includes Thermowell) X = Integrated Thermowell A = 150# R.F. ANSI Flange B = DIN PN10 Flange C = DIN PN16 Flange
* Customer specified size 7 7 5 8 A 0 3 0 8 3 5 A 0 0
NOTES 72
Include model number when ordering. For special options, consult factory. See dimension and capacity tables for available flange/element combinations.
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 3" Model 7758A with Carbon Steel body, 8" 316 SS Flame Element, ANSI Flanged Outlet and no options or special options.
1. Hastelloy is a registered trademark of Haynes International.
CHECK VALVE
Model 8110
Model 8110 is used specifically in low pressure gas control lines where minimum pressure drops and maximum flow capacity are required.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Model 8110 valves are built of corrosion resistant trim. Furnished standard in aluminum with free swinging aluminum pendulum type pallet. By removing the cover, easy access is provided for quick inspection and maintenance. Model 8110 check valves should be installed in your low pressure line downstream of meters, regulators and other gas control devices that may be otherwise damaged by an accidental reversal of the pressure in the system due to pressure waves from a flashback or similar disturbance.
MODEL 8110
MODEL 8110
73
CHECK VALVE
CHECK VALVE
SPECIFICATIONS
A A
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
Model No.
Size*
(Metric)
Length Flange A
(Metric)
2"
(50.8 mm)
8"
(203 mm)
8.12"
(206 mm)
9
(4 kg)
3"
(76.2 mm)
9.50"
(241 mm)
10.50"
(267 mm)
15
(7 kg)
4"
(101.6 mm)
11.50"
(292 mm)
11.50"
(292 mm)
28
(13 kg)
6"
(152.4 mm)
14"
(356 mm)
13.50"
(343 mm)
50
(23 kg)
8"
(203.2 mm)
19.50"
(495 mm)
16.50"
(419 mm)
90
(41 kg)
10"
(254 mm)
22"
(559 mm)
24.75"
(629 mm)
140
(64 kg)
12"
(305 mm)
24.25"
(616 mm)
28.62"
(727 mm)
210
(95 kg)
* 150# ANSI compatibility. F.F. on aluminum and R.F. on carbon steel and stainless steel alloys.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
8110
NOTES
Body Material 1 3 5 Z
8 1 1 0 0
= = = =
4
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 4" Model 8110 with an aluminum body, flanged connections, and no other options.
74
CHECK VALVE
Model 8110
Pressure
In WC 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.50 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 2" 1.11 2.22 3.33 4.44 6.67 7.70 9.43 10.9 12.2 13.3 15.4 17.2 18.9 20.4 21.8 23.1 24.3 27.2 29.8 3" 2.50 5.00 7.50 10.0 15.0 17.3 21.2 24.5 27.4 30.0 34.6 38.7 42.4 45.8 49.0 52.0 54.8 61.2 67.1
Pressure
In WC 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.50 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 2" 1.33 2.66 3.98 5.31 7.97 9.20 11.3 13.0 14.5 15.9 18.4 20.6 22.5 24.3 26.0 27.6 29.1 32.5 35.6 3" 2.99 5.98 8.96 12.0 17.9 20.7 25.4 29.3 32.7 35.9 41.4 46.3 50.7 54.8 58.6 62.1 65.5 73.2 80.2
CHECK VALVE
Model 8110
10" 620 1239 1859 2478 4838 5925 6842 7649 9368 10817 12094 13249 14310 15298 16226 17104 18736 20238 21635 12" 892 1784 2677 3569 6966 8532 9852 11015 13490 15577 17416 19078 20607 22029 23366 24630 26980 29142 31154
Pressure
mm WC 5 10 15 20 40 60 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 2" 30.4 60.8 91.3 122 238 291 336 376 460 531 594 651 703 751 797 840 920 994 1062 3" 68.5 137 205 274 534 655 756 845 1035 1195 1336 1464 1581 1690 1793 1890 2070 2236 2390
GROTH CORPORATION
800-354-7684 www.grothcorp.com 76
Model 1260A
I Sizes 2" through 12" I Pressure settings 0.5 oz/in2 to 15
psig
Pressure Relief Valve Model 1260A is for use where pressure relief is required and all relieving vapors must be piped away. Tank relief, to avoid tank damage, is controlled by a spring or weight loaded pallet in the valve housing. Pressure relief valves help provide increased fire protection and safety. The Model 1260A can also be used for inline vacuum relief where flanged inlet connection is required. Back pressure in the system must be considered when using flow curves. Model 1260A offers Groths special cushioned air seating. Superior performing Teflon1 seating diaphragms are standard to minimize sticking caused by resinous vapors and atmospheric moisture. The Model 1260A has a self-draining housing body and drip rings to protect seating surfaces from condensate and freezing. This design also avoids pressure or vacuum buildup due to binding or clogging of the valve. Buna-N, Viton2, and other seating diaphragms can be provided when required.
MODEL 1260A
SPECIAL FEATURES
MODEL 1260A
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
MODEL 1261A 77
SPECIFICATIONS
A
B BB C D E
Max. Set Pressure Weight Loaded Max. Set Pressure Spring Loaded
2
E
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
A Length (Metric)
B Height (Metric)
C Width (Metric)
D (Metric)
E (Metric)
BB (Metric)
2"
(50 mm)
3"
(80 mm)
11 oz/in
8-5/8"
(219 mm)
9-3/8"
(238 mm)
7-1/2"
(191 mm)
4-1/8"
(105 mm)
5-1/2"
(140 mm)
16-5/8"
(422 mm)
16
(7 kg)
(48.3 gm/cm2)
3"
(80 mm)
4"
(100 mm)
13 oz/in2
15 psig SPRING LOADED PRESSURE
(57.1 gm/cm2)
10"
(254 mm)
11-1/8"
(282 mm)
9"
(229 mm)
5"
(127 mm)
6"
(152 mm)
20-1/4"
(514 mm)
22
(10 kg)
4"
(100 mm)
6"
(150 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
11"
(279 mm)
13-7/8"
(352 mm)
11"
(279 mm)
6-1/2"
(165 mm)
6-1/2"
(165 mm)
25-5/8"
(651 mm)
29
(13 kg)
6"
(150 mm)
8"
(200 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
(1.05 kg/cm2)
(2.20 gm/cm2)
14-1/2"
(368 mm)
17-3/8"
(441 mm)
13-1/2"
(343 mm)
8-1/2"
(216 mm)
8-1/2"
(216 mm)
34-1/2"
(876 mm)
55
(25 kg)
8"
(200 mm)
10"
(250 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
18"
(457 mm)
21-1/4"
(539 mm)
16"
(406 mm)
9-3/4"
(248 mm)
10-3/4"
(273 mm)
39-3/4"
(1010 mm)
92
(42 kg)
10"
(250 mm)
12"
(300 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
20-3/4"
(527 mm)
23-5/8"
(600 mm)
19"
(483 mm)
10-1/4"
(260 mm)
12-1/2"
(318 mm)
46-3/8"
(1178 mm)
105
(48 kg)
12"
(300 mm)
14"
(350 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
24-3/4"
(629 mm)
26-5/8"
(676 mm)
21"
(533 mm)
11"
(279 mm)
15"
(381 mm)
49-1/4"
(1251 mm)
149
(68 kg)
On spring loaded valves, change model number. 150# R.F. drilling compatibility F.F. on aluminum and R.F. on carbon steel and stainless steel alloys. Fiberglass dimensions on request. 16 oz/in2 set with spacer. SS set weights-consult factory. *Some sizes require non-ferrous components to achieve 0.5 oz/in2 setting.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
O = No Options Z = Special Options O = No Jacket J = Steam Jacket S = Spacer H = Steam Jacket and Spacer Diaphragm Material (Seat): B = Buna-N T = Teflon1 V = Viton2 Z = Special
1
1
Include model number and setting when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. Stainless steel guides and stems are standard with aluminum and carbon steel bodies. Stainless steel seats standard with carbon steel bodies. 1 2
= = = = = =
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 2" Model 1260A with Aluminum Body and Seat, 316 SS Pallet, Teflon Seat Diaphragm, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemors and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
78
NOTES
Model 1260A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps =Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1260A 4 In WC set pressure [Ps] 7 In WC flowing pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 112,000 SCFH % OP = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 112,000 = 97,440 SCFH
79
Model 1260A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory. Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1260A 100 mm WC Set Pressure [Ps] 175 mm WC Flowing Pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 3,140 NCMH % OP = [(175 - 100)/100] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 3,140 = 2,732 NCMH
80
Model 1261A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1261A 4 psig set pressure [Ps] 7 psig flowing pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 448,000 SCFH % OP = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 448,000 = 371,840 SCFH
81
Model 1261A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1261A 0.4 barg Set Pressure [Ps] 0.7 barg Flowing Pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 16,200 NCMH % OP= [(0.7 - 0.4)/0.4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 16,200 = 13,446 NCMH
82
Model 2300A
I Sizes 2" through 12" I Pressure settings 0.5 oz/in2 to 15
psig
Model 2300A is designed for emergency relief capacity above that supplied by a standard operating valve used on tanks, piping, and low pressure vessels. Emergency relief valves provide relief from excessive internal pressures which may cause tank damage. Model 2300A is built of corrosion resistant material throughout. Groths self-closing special Teflon1 cushioned air pallet with center stabilizing stem and peripheral guiding provides uniform seating and alignment. Superior performing Teflon1 seating diaphragms are standard to minimize sticking caused by resinous vapors and atmospheric moisture. The guides support a spun weatherhood which covers and protects the entire valve structure. As added protection against the entry of foreign matter, a mesh screen encircles the valve under the weatherhood. Buna-N, Viton2, and other seating diaphragms can be provided when required.
MODEL 2300A
SPECIAL FEATURES
MODEL 2300A
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
MODEL 2301A 83
SPECIFICATIONS
AA A
BB
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
(Metric)
Size* Flange
A Diameter
(Metric)
AA Diameter
(Metric)
(Metric)
B Height
(Metric)
BB Height
2"
(50 mm)
9-1/2"
(241 mm)
9-1/2"
(241 mm)
6-5/8"
(168 mm)
16-1/2"
(419 mm)
12
(5 kg)
3"
(80 mm)
11-1/2"
(292 mm)
13"
(330 mm)
8-5/8"
(219 mm)
18-5/8"
(467 mm)
15
(7 kg)
4"
(100 mm)
13"
WEIGHT LOADED **0.5 oz/in2
(2.2 gm/cm2) (330 mm)
13"
(330 mm)
10-9/16"
(268 mm)
22-1/2"
(572 mm)
20
(9 kg)
(70.3 gm/cm2)
6"
(150 mm)
(1.05 kg/cm2)
19"
(482 mm)
19-1/2"
(495 mm)
15"
(381 mm)
30-1/2"
(784 mm)
30
(14 kg)
8"
(200 mm)
23-5/8"
(600 mm)
23-1/2"
(597 mm)
16-5/8"
(422 mm)
35-3/8"
(899 mm)
45
(20 kg)
10"
(250 mm)
30-3/4"
(781 mm)
25-1/2"
(648 mm)
17"
(431 mm)
41-3/8"
(1051 mm)
65
(30 kg)
12"
(300 mm)
36"
(914 mm)
25-1/2"
(648 mm)
18"
(457 mm)
42-3/8"
(1076 mm)
100
(45 kg)
On spring loaded valves, change to model 2301A. Larger sizes available - consult factory. * 150# ANSI. drilling compatibility, F.F. on aluminum and R.F. on carbon steel and stainless steel alloys. Fiberglass dimensions on request. **Some sizes require non-ferrous components to achieve 0.5 oz/in2 setting.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
O = No Options Z = Special Options O = No Jacket J = Steam Jacket S = Spacer H = Steam Jacket and Spacer Diaphragm Material (Seat): B = Buna-N T = Teflon1 V = Viton2 Z = Special
1 5 T 0 0
Pallet Material Seat Material * Body Material = = = = = = Aluminum # Carbon Steel 316 SS Vinyl Ester Resin Furan Special
0 2 1
EXAMPLE
NOTES
Include model number and setting when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure / temperature. Stainless steel guides and stems are standard with aluminum and carbon steel bodies. Stainless steel seats standard with carbon steel bodies. # Aluminum body not available on 2301A. 2 3
Indicates a 2" Model 2300A with Aluminum Body and Seat, 316 SS Pallet, Teflon1 Seat Diaphragm, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
84
Model 2300A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 2300A 4 In WC set pressure [Ps] 7 In WC flowing pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 125,000 SCFH % OP = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 125,000 = 108,750 SCFH
85
Model 2300A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory. Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 2300A 100 mm WC Set Pressure [Ps] 175 mm WC Flowing Pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 3,490 NCMH % OP = [(175 - 100)/100] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x ,490 = 3,036 NCMH
86
Model 2301A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 2301A 4 psig set pressure [Ps] 7 psig flowing pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 456,000 SCFH % OP = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 456,000 = 378,480 SCFH
87
Model 2301A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 2301A 0.4 barg Set Pressure [Ps] 0.7 barg Flowing Pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 17,100 NCMH % OP = [(0.7 - 0.4)/0.4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 17,100 = 14,193 NCMH
88
Model 1300A
MODEL 1300A
SPECIAL FEATURES
Model 1300A offers Groths special cushioned air seating. Superior performing Teflon1 seating diaphragms are standard to minimize sticking caused by resinous vapors and atmospheric moisture. The Model 1300A has a self draining housing body and drip rings to protect seating surfaces from condensate and freezing. This design also avoids vacuum buildup due to binding or clogging of the vent. Metal-to-metal, Buna-N, Viton2, and other seating diaphragms can be provided when required.
MODEL 1300A
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
SPECIFICATIONS
A
BB B C
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
(Metric)
Size
(Metric)
A Length
(Metric)
B Height
(Metric)
BB Height
(Metric)
C Width
2"
(50 mm)
12 oz/in
11-5/8"
See TPD2 on page 174 for Vacuum Settings and MAWP
(295 mm)
6-7/8"
(174 mm)
14"
(356 mm)
6"
(152 mm)
15
(7 kg)
(52.7 gm/cm2)
3"
(80 mm)
11 oz/in2
(48.3 gm/cm2)
15-3/4"
(400 mm)
7-3/4"
(196 mm)
16-1/4"
(413 mm)
7-3/4"
(197 mm)
21
(10 kg)
6"
(150 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
(2.20 gm/cm2)
(0.84 kg/cm2)
(100 mm)
(48.3 gm/cm2)
4"
11 oz/in2
17-1/4"
(438 mm)
9-5/8"
(244 mm)
19-7/8"
(505 mm)
9"
(229 mm)
32
(14 kg)
23-1/2"
(597 mm)
11-7/8"
(301 mm)
27"
(686 mm)
12"
(305 mm)
61
(28 kg)
8"
(200 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
14-1/2"
(368 mm)
81
(37 kg)
10"
(250 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
16-1/2"
(419 mm)
121
(55 kg)
12"
(300 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
37-1/4" 21-5/8"
(946 mm) (549 mm)
42"
(1067 mm)
19"
(483 mm)
165
(75 kg)
W.P. = Working Pressure. On spring loaded valves, change model number. 150# ANSI. drilling compatibility, F.F. on aluminum and R.F. on carbon steel and stainless steel alloys. Fiberglass dimensions on request. 16 oz/in2 set with spacer. SS set weights-consult factory. *Some sizes require non-ferrous components to achieve 0.5 oz./in2 setting.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
O = No Options Z = Special Options O = No Jacket J = Steam Jacket S = Spacer H = Steam Jacket and Spacer Diaphragm Material (Seat): B = Buna-N T = Teflon1 V = Viton2 M = Metal-to-Metal Z = Special
1 5 T 0 0
Include model number and setting when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. Stainless steel guides and stems are standard with aluminum and carbon steel bodies. 1 3
= = = = = =
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 2" Model 1300A with Aluminum Body and Seat, 316 SS Pallet, Teflon1 Seat Diaphragm, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemors and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
90
NOTES
Model 1300A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1300A 4 In WC set vacuum [Ps] 7 In WC flowing vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 74,000 SCFH % OV = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 74,000 = 64,380 SCFH
91
Model 1300A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory. Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1300A 100 mm WC Set Vacuum [Ps] 175 mm WC Flowing Vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 2,080 NCMH % OV = [(175 - 100)/100] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 2,080 = 1,810 NCMH
92
Model 1301A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1301A 2 psig set vacuum [Ps] 3.5 psig flowing vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 166,000 SCFH % OV = [(3.50 - 2.0)/2.0] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 166,000 = 137,780 SCFH
93
Model 1301A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1301A 0.12 barg Set Vacuum [Ps] 0.17 barg Flowing Vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 42% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 40 and column 2 C factor at 42% OV = 0.55
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 4,530 NCMH % OV = [(0.17 - 0.12)/0.12] x 100 = 42% C = 0.55 Flow = 0.55 x 4,530 = 2,492 NCMH
94
Model 1360A
Model 1360A is used when vacuum relief is the only requirement. The Model 1360A may be side mounted on the tank body or piped in. Intake relief necessary under working conditions is achieved by a spring or weight loaded pallet in the valve housing. The Model 1360A reduces the possibility of tank damage. Valve size must be selected to meet required vacuum relief under operating and thermal conditions. Flow curves for vacuum relief are provided.
MODEL 1360A
SPECIAL FEATURES
Model 1360A offers Groths special cushioned air seating. Superior performing Teflon1 seating diaphragms are standard to minimize sticking caused by resinous vapors and atmospheric moisture. The Model 1360A has a self draining housing body and drip rings to protect seating surfaces from condensate and freezing. This design also avoids vacuum buildup due to binding or clogging of the vent. Metal-to-metal, Buna-N, Viton2, and other seating diaphragms can be provided when required.
MODEL 1360A
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
MODEL 1361A
95
SPECIFICATIONS
A
B C
BB
E
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
A Length (Metric)
B Height (Metric)
C Width (Metric)
E (Metric)
BB Height (Metric)
3"
(80 mm)
11 oz/in
8-5/8"
(219 mm)
9-1/4"
(235 mm)
7-1/2"
(191 mm)
5-1/2"
(140 mm)
16-1/4"
(413 mm)
12
(6 kg)
(48.2 gm/cm2)
4"
(100 mm)
13 oz/in2
12 psig SPRING LOADED VACUUM
(57.0 gm/cm )
2
6"
(150 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
10"
(254 mm)
11-1/2"
(292 mm)
9"
(229 mm)
6"
(152 mm)
19-3/4"
(502 mm)
17
(8 kg)
11"
(279 mm)
14-1/4"
(362 mm)
11"
(279 mm)
6-1/2"
(165 mm)
24-5/8"
(626 mm)
23
(10 kg)
8"
(200 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
(2.20 gm/cm2)
(0.84 kg/cm2)
14-1/2"
(368 mm)
17-3/4"
(451 mm)
13-1/2"
(343 mm)
8-1/2"
(216 mm)
32-3/4"
(832 mm)
42
(19 kg)
10"
(250 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
18"
(457 mm)
21-1/4"
(539 mm)
16"
(406 mm)
10-3/4"
(273 mm)
38"
(965 mm)
71
(32 kg)
12"
(300 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
20-3/4"
(527 mm)
25-3/4"
(654 mm)
19"
(483 mm)
12-1/2"
(318 mm)
45-3/8"
(1153 mm)
83
(38 kg)
14"
(350 mm)
16 oz/in2
(70.3 gm/cm2)
24-3/4"
(629 mm)
29-1/4"
(742 mm)
21"
(533 mm)
15"
(381 mm)
48-3/4"
(1238 mm)
118
(54 kg)
W.P. = Working Pressure. On spring loaded valves, change model number. 150# R.F. drilling compatibility F.F. on aluminum and R.F. on carbon steel and stainless steel alloys. Fiberglass dimensions on request. 16 oz/in2 set with spacer. SS set weights-consult factory. *Some sizes require non-ferrous components to achieve 0.5 oz./in2 setting.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
O = No Options Z = Special Options O = No Jacket J = Steam Jacket S = Spacer H = Steam Jacket and Spacer Diaphragm Material (Seat): B = Buna-N T = Teflon1 V = Viton2 Z = Special
1 5 T 0 0
EXAMPLE
2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
NOTES
Include maximum working pressure. Include model number and setting when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. Stainless steel quides and stems are standard with aluminum and carbon steel bodies. Stainless steel seats standard with carbon steel bodies. 1 3
= = = = = =
Indicates a 3" Model 1360A with Aluminum Body and Seat, 316 SS Pallet, Teflon1 Seat Diaphragm, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license.
96
Model 1360A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1360A 4 In WC set vacuum [Ps] 7 In WC flowing vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 59,300 SCFH % OV = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 59,300 = 1,591 SCFH
97
Model 1360A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory. Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1360A 100 mm WC Set Vacuum [Ps] 175 mm WC Flowing Vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.87
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.95 1 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.73 0.79 0.85 0.90 0.95 2 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.96 3 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 0.96 4 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 5 0.46 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.92 0.97 6 0.47 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.98 7 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 8 0.49 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.83 0.89 0.94 0.99 9 0.50 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
Flow = 1,660 NCMH % OV = [(175 - 100)/100] x 100 = 75% C = 0.87 Flow = 0.87 x 1,660 = 1,444 NCMH
98
Model 1361A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1361A 2 psig set vacuum [Ps] 3.5 psig flowing vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OV = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 116,000 SCFH % OV = [(3.50 - 2.0)/2.0] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 116,000 = 96,280 SCFH
99
Model 1361A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% over-vacuum. For an equivalent size fiberglass valve, reduce tabulated capacities by 32%. Read the flow capacity at 100% over-vacuum directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set vacuum is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable over-vacuum is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable over-vacuum is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage over-vacuum by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OV = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% over-vacuum according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 6" Model 1361A 0.12 barg Set Vacuum [Ps] 0.17 barg Flowing Vacuum [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set vacuum from table 2. Calculate over-vacuum 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 42% Over-vacuum at intersection of row 40 and column 2 C factor at 42% OV = 0.55
C Factor Table
%OV 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
Flow = 3,200 NCMH % OV = [(0.17 - 0.12)/0.12] x 100 = 42% C = 0.55 Flow = 0.55 x 3,200 = 1,760 NCMH
100
FREE VENTS
I Sizes 2" through 12" I Available in carbon steel, stainless
steel, and other materials
Model 5000
SPECIAL FEATURES
MODEL 5100
Model 5000 Series are built of corrosion resistant materials throughout. A wire mesh screen prevents foreign matter from entering the tank or pipe opening. Weather hoods are easily removable for inspection of vent and wire mesh screen.
MODEL 5000
SPECIFICATIONS
A AA
BB
MODEL 5000
Size* Flange
(Metric)
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
MODEL 5100
BB Height
(Metric)
A Width
(Metric)
B Height
(Metric)
Size* Flange
(Metric)
AA Width
(Metric)
2"
(51 mm)
10-1/4"
(260 mm)
6-7/8"
(175 mm)
8
(4 kg)
2"
(51 mm)
9-1/2"
(241 mm)
5-3/8"
(137 mm)
11
(5 kg)
3"
(76 mm)
14-1/2"
(368 mm)
9-1/4"
(235 mm)
20
(9 kg)
3"
(76 mm)
11-1/2"
(292 mm)
5-13/16"
(148 mm)
14
(6 kg)
4"
(102 mm)
18-3/4"
(476 mm)
11-3/8"
(289 mm)
35
(16 kg)
4"
(102 mm)
13"
(330 mm)
6-5/16"
(160 mm)
18
(8 kg)
6"
(152 mm)
26-7/8"
(683 mm)
15-11/16"
(398 mm)
70
(32 kg)
6"
(152 mm)
17"
(432 mm)
7-3/8"
(187 mm)
28
(13 kg)
8"
(203 mm)
35-1/8"
(892 mm)
20-1/8"
(511 mm)
135
(61 kg)
8"
(203 mm)
19-1/2"
(495 mm)
9-1/4"
(235 mm)
42
(19 kg)
10"
(254 mm)
43-3/8"
(1102 mm)
24"
(610 mm)
235
(107 kg)
10"
(254 mm)
23-1/2"
(597 mm)
10-5/8"
(270 mm)
60
(27 kg)
12"
(305 mm)
51-7/8"
(1318 mm)
28-7/16"
(722 mm)
350
(159 kg)
12"
(305 mm)
25-1/2"
(648 mm)
11-1/8"
(283 mm)
95
(43 kg)
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
5000 5100
O = No Options Z = Special Options 02" Thru 12" Body Material 3 = Carbon steel 5 = 316 SS Z = Special
NOTES
Include model number when ordering. For special options, consult factory.
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 2" Model 5000 with Carbon Steel body and no options.
102
Model 5000
Flow Capacity
10" 12"
Tank Pressure
In WC oz/in2 2"
1 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
0.58 1.16 1.73 2.31 3.47 4.62 5.78 8.66 11.6 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.1 26.0 28.9 31.8 34.7
3.34 4.72 5.78 6.67 8.17 9.44 10.5 12.9 14.9 16.7 18.2 19.7 21.0 22.3 23.5 24.6 25.7
7.34 10.4 12.7 14.7 18.0 20.8 23.2 28.4 32.8 36.6 40.1 43.3 46.3 49.1 51.7 54.2 56.6
12.7 17.9 21.9 25.3 31.0 35.8 40.0 48.9 56.5 63.1 69.1 74.6 79.7 84.5 89.1 93.4 97.5
28.6 40.5 49.5 57.2 70.0 80.9 90.4 111 128 143 156 169 180 191 201 211 220
49.6 70.2 85.9 99.2 121 140 157 192 221 248 271 293 313 332 349 366 382
78.2 111 135 156 192 221 247 303 349 390 427 461 493 523 551 577 603
112 159 194 224 275 317 354 434 501 560 613 662 707 750 790 828 864
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization.
Model 5000
Tank Pressure
mm H2O 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 375 500 625 750 875 1000 1125 1250 1375 1500 mb 2.45 4.90 7.35 9.80 14.7 19.6 24.5 36.8 49.0 61.3 73.5 85.8 98.0 110 123 135 147 2" 0.09 0.13 0.16 0.19 0.23 0.27 0.30 0.36 0.42 0.47 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.69 0.72
Flow Capacity
10" 2.20 3.11 3.81 4.40 5.38 6.21 6.95 8.50 9.81 11.0 12.0 13.0 13.9 14.7 15.5 16.2 16.9 12" 3.15 4.46 5.46 6.30 7.72 8.91 9.96 12.2 14.1 15.7 17.2 18.6 19.9 21.1 22.2 23.3 24.3
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization.
Model 5000
Flow Capacity
10" 65.1 91.9 112 130 158 182 203 247 284 315 343 367 390 411 430 447 463 12" 93.4 132 161 186 227 262 292 355 407 452 491 527 559 589 616 641 665
Tank Vacuum
In WC 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 oz/in2 0.58 1.16 1.73 2.31 3.47 4.62 5.78 8.66 11.6 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.1 26.0 28.9 31.8 34.7 2" 2.78 3.92 4.80 5.53 6.76 7.79 8.68 10.6 12.1 13.4 14.6 15.7 16.6 17.5 18.3 19.1 19.8
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization.
2"
Model 5000
10" 1.8 2.6 3.2 3.6 4.5 5.1 5.7 7.0 8.0 8.9 9.6 10.3 11.0 11.6 12.1 12.6 13.0 12" 2.6 3.7 4.5 5.2 6.4 7.4 8.2 10.0 11.4 12.7 13.8 14.8 15.7 16.6 17.3 18.0 18.7
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization.
Model 5100
Flow Capacity
10" 88.6 125 154 177 217 251 280 343 396 442 484 523 559 592 624 654 683 12" 127 180 220 254 311 359 402 492 568 634 695 750 801 850 895 938 980
Tank Pressure
In WC 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 oz/in 0.58 1.16 1.73 2.31 3.47 4.62 5.78 8.66 11.6 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.1 26.0 28.9 31.8 34.7
2
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization.
12"
Model 5100
Tank Pressure
mm H2O 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 375 500 625 750 875 1000 1125 1250 1375 1500 mb 2.45 4.90 7.35 9.80 14.7 19.6 24.5 36.8 49.0 61.3 73.5 85.8 98.0 110 123 135 147 2" 0.11 0.15 0.18 0.21 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.41 0.47 0.53 0.58 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.78 0.82
Flow Capacity
10" 2.49 3.52 4.31 4.98 6.10 7.04 7.87 9.64 11.1 12.4 13.6 14.7 15.7 16.6 17.5 18.4 19.2 12" 3.57 5.05 6.19 7.14 8.75 10.1 11.3 13.8 16.0 17.8 19.5 21.1 22.5 23.9 25.2 26.4 27.5
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization.
Model 5100
Flow Capacity
10" 71.6 101 124 143 174 201 224 272 312 347 377 404 429 452 473 492 510 12" 103 145 177 205 250 288 321 390 448 497 541 580 615 648 678 705 731
Tank Vacuum
In WC 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 oz/in2 0.58 1.16 1.73 2.31 3.47 4.62 5.78 8.66 11.6 14.4 17.3 20.2 23.1 26.0 28.9 31.8 34.7 2" 3.06 4.32 5.28 6.09 7.44 8.56 9.55 11.6 13.3 14.8 16.1 17.3 18.3 19.3 20.2 21.0 21.8
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization.
2"
Model 5100
Tank Vacuum
mm H2O 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 375 500 625 750 875 1000 1125 1250 1375 1500 mb 2.45 4.90 7.35 9.80 14.7 19.6 24.5 36.8 49.0 61.3 73.5 85.8 98.0 110 123 135 147 2" 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.17 0.21 0.24 0.27 0.33 0.37 0.42 0.45 0.49 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.59 0.61
Flow Capacity
10" 2.01 2.84 3.48 4.01 4.90 5.64 6.29 7.65 8.78 9.74 10.6 11.4 12.1 12.7 13.3 13.8 14.3 12" 2.89 4.08 4.99 5.75 7.02 8.09 9.02 11.0 12.6 14.0 15.2 16.3 17.3 18.2 19.1 19.9 20.6
1. Flow facility and equipment comply with API 2000. 2. Flow measurement accuracy verified by an independent research organization.
GAUGE HATCHES
GAUGE HATCHES
I Sizes 4" through 10" I Available in aluminum, carbon
steel, stainless steel, and additional materials
Model 6000
GAUGE HATCH
Model 6000 Series provide access for gauging or obtaining product samples from storage tanks. The Model 6000 also provides pressure relief as emergency venting. The Model 6100 incorporates a positive cover hold down which assures a premium tight seal on tanks with internal pressures up to 3 psig. Gasketed covers are recommended on tanks with high pressure settings. Model 6100 offers lockdown capability.
SPECIAL FEATURES
MODEL 6100
Model 6000 Series is designed with a serrated foot lever surface to avoid foot slippage when opening. This model permits the use of both hands during gauging or sampling. Gravity will close the cover upon removal of pressure on the foot treadle. Groths special cushioned-air seating or metal-to-metal seatings available.
MODEL 6100
GAUGE HATCHES
GAUGE HATCHES
SPECIFICATIONS
B B
A
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
Size
(Metric)
A Width
(Metric)
B Height
(Metric)
4"
(102 mm)
10"
(254 mm)
6"
(152 mm)
6"
(152 mm)
12-1/2"
(318 mm)
8"
(203 mm)
10
(5 kg)
8"
(203 mm)
15"
(381 mm)
8"
(203 mm)
13
(6 kg)
10"
(254 mm)
17-3/4"
(451 mm)
9"
(229 mm)
17
(8 kg)
When gauge hatch includes the lockdown feature, change model number to 6100. 150 # ANSI. drilling compatibility, F.F. on aluminum, carbon steel, and stainless steel alloys.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers
MODEL #
SIZE
MATERIAL
OPTIONS
6000 6100
Include model number when ordering. For special options, consult factory.
O = No Options Z = Special Options D = Drilled 150 # ANSI. U = Undrilled Diaphragm Material (Seat): B = Buna-N T = Teflon1 V = Viton2 M = Metal-to-Metal Z = Special
1 T D 0
EXAMPLE
NOTES
Indicates a 4" Model 6000 with Aluminum material, Teflon1 Diaphragm, Drilled Flange, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
112
Model 2000A
Model 2000A is designed to provide emergency relief capacity beyond that furnished by the normal operating pressure relief valve on the tank. The valve protects the tank against rupture or explosion that could result from excessive internal pressures caused by fire, etc. As excessive pressure builds up, the Groth Model 2000A relieves excess pressure, then reseats when pressure has been dissipated. Removable stops can be provided which restrict the lift of the cover.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Model 2000A is built of corrosion resistant materials throughout. A restraining cable connects the head and flange and also serves as a grounding cable. Groths special Teflon1 cushioned air pallet and peripheral guiding insures proper alignment and integrity of seating. Model 2050A incorporates a vacuum breaker for added vacuum relief capability.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license.
MODEL 2050A
SPECIFICATIONS
BB
MODEL 2000A Size* Minimum Pressure Setting Weight Loaded Maximum Pressure Setting Weight Loaded
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
A Width
(Metric)
B Height
(Metric)
(Metric)
16"
(400 mm)
1.50 oz/in2
(6.5 mbar)
23-1/2"
(597 mm)
11"
(279 mm)
62
(28 kg)
20"
(500 mm)
1.50 oz/in2
(6.5 mbar)
16 oz/in2
(69 mbar)
27-1/2"
(699 mm)
11"
(279 mm)
88
(40 kg)
24"
(600 mm)
1.50 oz/in2
(6.5 mbar)
32"
(813 mm)
11"
(279 mm)
114
(52 kg)
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
A Width
(Metric)
BB Height Closed
(Metric)
16"
(400 mm)
2.6 oz/in2
(11.2 mbar)
23-1/2"
(597 mm)
17-3/4"
(451 mm)
69
(31 kg)
20"
(500 mm)
2.1 oz/in2
(9.1 mbar)
0.5 oz/in2
(2.2 mbar)
8 oz/in2
(34.5 mbar)
27-1/2"
(699 mm)
17-3/4"
(451 mm)
95
(43 kg)
24"
(600 mm)
1.9 oz/in2
(8.2 mbar)
32
(813 mm)
17-3/4"
(451 mm)
120
(55 kg)
* 150# ANSI. or API 650 drilling compatibility. Caution See IOM when mounting to API 650 flange. L Maximum pressure setting on 16 size = 4 oz/in2 Max. vacuum setting is 4 oz./in2 Fiberglass dimensions on request.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
NOTES
Include model number and setting when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. Seat material on carbon steel base is 316 SS weld overlay 2 0 0 0
O = No Options Z = Special Options O = No Jacket J = Steam Jacket 1 = ANSI. 150# drilled 2 = A.P.I. 650 drilled Diaphragm material (seat) B = Buna-N T = Teflon1 V = Viton2 Z = Special
T 1 J 0
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 20" Model 2000A with 316 SS Material, Teflon1 Seat Diaphragm, ANSI 150# Drilled, Steam Jacket, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
114
Model 2000A/2050A
* *
* *
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory. Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. Vacuum flow rating applies only to Model 2050A. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Note: Vacuum capacity is modified using the C factor on page 119. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 20" Model 2000A 4 In WC set pressure [Ps] 7 In WC flowing pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.95
Flow = 829,000 SCFH % OP = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.95 Flow = 0.95 x 829,000 = 787,550 SCFH
2000A 2050A
115
Model 2000A/2050A
* * * * *
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. Vacuum flow rating applies only to Model 2050A. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Note: Vacuum capacity is modified using the C factor on page 120. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 20" Model 2000A 100 mm WC Set Pressure [Ps] 175 mm WC Flowing Pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.95
Type
Flow = 23,300 NCMH % OP = [(175 - 100)/100] x 100 = 75% C = 0.95 Flow = 0.95 x 23,300 = 22,135 NCMH
2000A 2050A
Pressure Vacuum
116
Model 2100
Model 2100 is designed to provide emergency relief capacity beyond that furnished by the normal operating pressure relief valve on the tank. The valve protects the tank against rupture or explosion that could result from excessive internal pressures caused by fire, etc. Model 2100 is designed to be self-closing. As excessive pressure builds up, Model 2100 relieves, then reseats when the overpressure has been dissipated.
MODEL 2100
SPECIAL FEATURES
Model 2100 is built of corrosion resistant materials throughout. It is designed with independently adjustable springs which load the cover and keep the valve tightly sealed until set pressure is reached. Model 2100 features Viton2 seating to insure a tight seal.
MODEL 2100
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
117
SPECIFICATIONS
A
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
A Width (Metric)
B Height (Metric)
Approx. Shipping Weight Lbs. (At min. set.) (At max. set.)
16
(400 mm)
36-3/4
(933 mm)
23
(584 mm)
310
(141 kg)
490
(223 kg)
20
(500 mm)
1 psig
(69 mbar)
15 psig
(1.03 bar)
36-3/4
(933 mm)
23
(584 mm)
335
(152 kg)
500
(227 kg)
24
(600 mm)
40-3/4
(1035 mm)
27
(686 mm)
420
(190 kg)
670
(304 kg)
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
2100
* Material
* #
Include model number and setting when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. Seat material on carbon steel base is 316 Stainless Steel weld overlay. Teflon1 O-ring not available. 2 1 0
EXAMPLE
NOTES
O = No Options Z = Special Options O = No Jacket J = Steam Jacket 1 = ANSI. 150# drilled 2 = A.P.I. 650 drilled # O-Ring Material (Seat) B = Buna-N V = Viton2 Z = Special
5 V 1 J 0
Indicates a 20" Model 2100 with 316 SS Material, Viton2 Seat O-Ring, ANSI 150# Drilled, Steam Jacket, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
118
Model 2100
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example.
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 20" Model 2100 4 psig set pressure [Ps] 7 psig flowing pressure [Pf]
1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
Flow = 1,877,000 SCFH % OP = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 1,877,000 = 1,557,910 SCFH
119
Model 2100
Set Pressure
(Ps) barg 0.07 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example.
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.83
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.27 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 1 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.87 0.94 3 4 5 Consult Factory 0.30 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.44 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 2 6 0.36 0.49 0.59 0.68 0.76 0.84 0.91 0.97 7 0.38 0.50 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 0.98 8 0.39 0.51 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 9 0.40 0.52 0.62 0.71 0.79 0.86 0.93 1.00
ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 20" Model 2100 0.4 barg Set Pressure [Ps] 0.7 barg Flowing Pressure [Pf]
1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
Flow = 64,900 NCMH % OP = [(0.7 - 0.4)/0.4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.83 Flow = 0.83 x 64,900 = 53,867 NCMH
120
Model 2400A/2450A
Series 2400A is designed to provide emergency relief capacity beyond that furnished by the normal operating pressure/vacuum relief valve on the tank. The valve protects the tank against rupture or internal pressures caused by fire exposure. Series 2400A is designed to be selfclosing. As excessive pressure builds up, Series 2400A relieves, then reseats when overpressure has been dissipated. Counter weights are available for lower settings.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Series 2400A is built of corrosion resistant material throughout. Groths special Teflon1 cushioned air pallet provides integrity of seating. Model 2450A incorporates a vacuum breaker.
MODEL 2400A
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license.
SPECIFICATIONS
A B
BB
MODEL 2400A
Size *
(Metric)
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
A Width
(Metric)
16"
(400 mm)
1.5 oz/in
(6.5 mbar) (6.5 mbar)
23-1/2"
(597 mm)
20-1/2"
(521 mm)
72
(33 kg)
20"
(500 mm)
8 oz/in2
(34.5 mbar)
28-3/4"
(730 mm)
11"
(279 mm)
22-1/2"
(572 mm)
98
(45 kg)
24"
(600 mm)
33-1/4"
(845 mm)
24-1/2"
(622 mm)
124
(56 kg)
MODEL 2450A
Standard Setting Size * (Metric) Pressure ** Weight Loaded Vacuum Spring Loaded Maximum Setting PressureL Weight Loaded
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
A Width
(Metric)
16"
(400 mm)
2.7 oz/in
(11.6 mbar) (9.9 mbar)
23-1/2"
(597 mm)
24-1/2"
(622 mm)
79
(36 kg)
20"
(500 mm)
0.5 oz/in2
(2.2 mbar)
8 oz/in2
(34.5 mbar)
28-3/4"
(730 mm)
181/2"
(470 mm)
26
(661 mm)
105
(48 kg)
24"
(600 mm)
33-1/4"
(845 mm)
27-1/2"
(699 mm)
130
(59 kg)
* 150# ANSI. or API 650 drilling compatibility. Minimum pressure setting 1.0 oz/in2 on special application. L Maximum pressure setting on 16 size = 4 oz/in2. Fiberglass dimensions on request. Caution See IOM when mounting to API 650 flange. Max. vacuum setting is 4 oz./in2. **Minimum pressure setting 1.5 oz/in2 on special application.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL OPTIONS
* Material
NOTES
Include model number and setting when ordering. For special options, consult factory. When ordering steam jacket, include steam pressure/temperature. Seat material on a carbon steel base is type 316 Stainless Steel weld overlay.
O = No Options Z = Special Options O = No Jacket J = Steam Jacket 1 = ANSI. 150# drilled 2 = A.P.I. 650 drilled Diaphragm Material (Seat) B = Buna-N T = Teflon1 V = Viton2 Z = Special
5 T 1 J 0
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 20" Model 2400A with 316 SS Material, Teflon1 Seat Diaphragm, ANSI 150# Drilled, Steam Jacket, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
122
Model 2400A/2450A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
#
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. Vacuum flow rating applies only to Model 2450A. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Note: Vacuum capacity is modified using the C factor on page 119. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 20" Model 2400A 4 In WC Set pressure [Ps] 7 In WC Flowing pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.95
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 2 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 3 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.97 0.99 4 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.97 0.99 5 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.97 0.99 6 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.97 0.99 7 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.97 0.99 8 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.00 9 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.00
Flow = 829,000 SCFH % OP = [(7 - 4)/4] x 100 = 75% C = 0.95 Flow = 0.95 x 829,000 = 787,550 SCFH
2400A 2450A
123
Model 2400A/2450A
Flow capacity is certified by Groth Corporation, based on actual tests conducted in compliance with API Std. 2000. Flow measurement accuracy has been verified by an independent testing laboratory.
#
Flow capacity values listed above are based on full open valves at 100% overpressure. Vacuum flow rating applies only to Model 2450A. Read the flow capacity at 100% overpressure directly from the table above. Use linear interpolation if the set pressure is not listed. (Ref: page 173) If the allowable overpressure is less than 100%, modify the flow capacity using the appropriate C factor from the table. If allowable overpressure is more than 100%, consult page 173 or your Groth Representative. Note: Vacuum capacity is modified using the C factor on page 120. Calculate the percentage overpressure by the following formula. Note that all pressures are gauge pressure expressed in the same units of measure. Pf = Flowing pressure Ps = Set pressure % OP = [(Pf - Ps)/Ps] x 100 Calculate flow capacity at less than 100% overpressure according to the following example. ExampleFlow Capacity Calculation 20" Model 2400A 100 mm WC Set pressure [Ps] 175 mm WC Flowing pressure [Pf] 1. Read flow capacity at set pressure from table 2. Calculate overpressure 3. Read C factor from table 4. Calculate flow capacity
ExampleTo find C factor from table: Read C factor for 75% overpressure at intersection of row 70 and column 5 C factor at 75% OP = 0.95
C Factor Table
%OP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 2 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 3 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.97 0.99 4 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.97 0.99 5 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.97 0.99 6 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.97 0.99 7 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.97 0.99 8 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.00 9 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.00
Flow = 23,300 NCMH % OP = [(175 - 100)/100]x 100 = 75% C = 0.95 Flow = 0.95 x 23,300 = 22,135 NCMH
2400A 2450A
124
Model 2500A
Pilot Operated
I ANSI 150# and API 650 drilling I Full lift by 20% overpressure I Trim available in 316 SS or
Hastelloy C
Model 2500A is designed to provide emergency relief capacity beyond that furnished by the normal operating pressure relief valve on the tank. The valve protects the tank against rupture or explosion that could result from excessive internal pressures caused by an external fire, etc. Model 2500A is designed to be self-closing. As excessive pressure builds up, Model 2500A relieves, then reseats when overpressure has been dissipated.
SPECIAL FEATURES
MODEL 2500A
125
Model 2500A is designed to assist in meeting the requirements of the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments as best available control technology. Unit provides the capability to meet the leakage rate requirement of 500 ppm or less. This pilot-operated valve with large actuator is the only proven way to insure the necessary sealing force to meet the requirement. The Model 2500A is built of corrosion resistant materials throughout, which allows it to be used in severe service environments, i.e. ethylene dichloride, methylene chloride.
SPECIFICATIONS
C
A
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
Size*
(Metric)
A Width
(Metric)
B Height
(Metric)
C Center Line
(Metric)
18"
(457 mm)
36"
(914 mm) (0.41 bar)
40"
(1016 mm)
21"
(533 mm)
(29.9 mbar)
(508 mm)
6 psig
20" 24"
(610 mm)
(12.5 mbar)
39"
(991 mm)
42"
(1067 mm)
23"
(584 mm)
350
(159 kg)
42"
(1067 mm)
44-1/2"
(1130 mm)
24"
(610 mm)
450
(204 kg)
* 150 # ANSI. or API 650 drilling available. Consult factory for special settings. ** See Technical Section (page TS4) PILOT OPERATED VALVES - Modes of Failure.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL
Pilot 5 = 316 SS 8 = Hastelloy C-276 Trim 5 = 316 SS H = Hastelloy C-276 Z = Special
SOFT GOODS
OPTIONS
2500A
0 = No Special Options Z = Special Options Soft Goods (O rings)* B = Buna-N E = EPR V = Viton2 K = Kalrez3 Z = Special * Teflon1 diaphragms
0
Include model number when ordering. For special options, consult factory.
EXAMPLE
NOTES
Indicates a 20" Model 2500A with Derakane body, 316 SS Trim and Pilot, Viton2 soft goods, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers. 3. Kalrez is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
126
Model 2500A
Air Flow Capacity at 20% over-pressure (1.2 x Set Pressure) 1000 Standard Cubic Feet per Hour at 60 F
16" 18" 20" 24"
5 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 psig 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 Set Pressure (Ps)
mbar
366 401 463 517 566 654 731 800 859 1211 1479 1704 1899 2075
468 513 592 662 725 836 935 1024 1099 1550 1893 2180 2430 2655
583 639 737 824 903 1042 1165 1276 1371 1935 2365 2726 3041 3324
850 931 1075 1202 1316 1519 1698 1859 1997 2816 3439 3960 4415 4823
Air Flow Capacity at 20% over-pressure (1.2 x Set Pressure) 1000 Normal Cubic Meters per Hour at 0 C
16" 18" 20" 24"
mm WC
10.2 11.4 13.1 14.7 16.1 18.6 20.7 22.7 24.5 29.3 35.8 41.2 50.3 57.8
13.0 14.6 16.8 18.8 20.6 23.7 26.5 29.1 31.4 37.4 45.8 52.7 64.3 74.0
16.2 18.1 20.9 23.4 25.6 29.6 33.1 36.2 39.1 46.7 57.1 65.9 80.5 92.6
23.7 26.4 30.5 34.1 37.4 43.1 48.2 52.8 57.0 68.0 83.1 95.8 117 134
GROTH CORPORATION
800-354-7684 www.grothcorp.com 127
128
OPTIONS I Pilot valve kit I Blanket gas regulator kit SERIES 200 TEST STANDS
The Groth Series 200 test stand contains all valves and gauges necessary to accurately verify settings for both pressure and vacuum conditions. Seat leakage is monitored using flow meters ranging from 0.1 - 100 SCFH. The Series 200 is designed to assist in meeting the requirements of the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments. Since 1960, the Groth name has been synonymous with the repair, manufacture, or testing of valves. This vast experience led us into the venture of manufacturing valve test equipment. Simple in design, easy to use, inexpensive to maintain included with these principles, the standard models below offer the user many years of trouble-free operation.
MODEL 210
The final inspection of any new or repaired valve is an actual test in accordance with approved standards and codes. To do this, you need the best available test equipment. We welcome you to visit our Stafford, Texas facility, where we will be pleased to demonstrate various models of test stands under actual conditions.
129
SPECIFICATIONS
Model 210
65"
81"
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model number MODEL # CLAMPING GAUGES OTHER
210
EXAMPLE
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Indicates a Model 210, hydraulic clamps, digital and dial gauges, and no other options.
130
The Groth Pilot Valve Test Stand is used to set and test the pilot valve independent of the main pressure relief valve. The 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments mandate leak testing of all pressure relief valves to insure that leakage rates are within acceptable levels. The ability to perform in- house pilot operated relief valve setting and testing will enable the individual plant to expedite the process and retain complete control of records. Detailed specifications are available from Groth Products Group.
131
SPECIFICATIONS
43"
34"
11"
UTILITY REQUIREMENTS
Compressed Air or Nitrogen Model 150 Model 160 Electric Power (Digital Gauges) = = = 150 psig 2000 psig 100/115/230 VAC Single Phase 50/60 Hz 5 Amp
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model number MODEL # GAUGES OTHER
1 = Manometers (used only for IN WC) 2 = Dial 3 = Digital 4 = Dials and Digital
1 5 0 1 0
0 = None Z = Other
EXAMPLE
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Indicates a Model 150, low pressure testing, with manometers, and no other options.
132
Bolt on Unit
STANDARD I Easy setup and installation I 6" dial test gauges I 1/2" thru 10" valve mountings I Up to 2000 psig test pressure I SS tubing & valves I 360 degree accessibility OPTIONS I Manual or hydraulic clamping with
safety interlock
All Groth pressure relief valve test stands combine extremely high accuracy with maximum productivity in testing and determining set pressure. Groth provides various options to meet your testing needs. Mounting of valves is quick and safe with either flange bolting, manual, or automatic clamping. The test stands have easy to read dial or digital pressure gauges. Test stand construction is robust and is based on almost forty years of relief valve assembly and testing.
I Skid mounted
133
SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Valve size range = 1" 2500# through 10" 150# flanged 1/2" through 1-1/2" threaded 15-2750 psig 15-2750 psig Water 62" =
UTILITY REQUIREMENTS/CONNECTIONS
High Pressure Air Low Pressure Air Electric Power = = = 3000 psig 60 - 150 psig 1/2" nominal size 100/115/230 VAC Single Phase 50/60 Hz 5 Amp 20-60 psig
= =
72"
36"
98" Weight: Depth 33" Single Stump Dual Stump 1250 lb 2000 lb
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model number MODEL # CLAMPING GAUGES
OTHER
0 = None Z = Other
110 Pneumatic, Single stump 111 Pneumatic & Hydraulic, Single stump 120 Pneumatic & Hydraulic, Dual stump
EXAMPLE
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Indicates a Model 110, Pneumatic SRV Test Stand, Manual clamps, Digital gauges, and no other options.
134
I 5 hp, TEFC motor I Nema 4 A.T.L. motor starter I Automatic On/Off pressure switch I Low oil level switch I Automatic condensate drain COMPRESSOR AND AIR RECEIVER
Model 140
Note: Compressor and Bottle Rack can be modified to meet your specific needs (i.e. higher pressures). Consult Groth for additional information including dimensions and layouts.
Groths test stands are designed for high and low pressure testing. Upon request, Groth can furnish a compressor system for your testing needs. All components and adapters are included. Standard compressors and air receivers will test valves up to 2000 psig.
SPECIAL FEATURES
All compressor units are completely self contained. Each unit is designed to provide a substantial volume of high pressure air when needed. This eliminates the long waiting period if a low volume compressor supplies air directly to the valve test stand.
135
SPECIFICATIONS
38"
SPECIFICATIONS
Compressor = 5.6 CFM @ 3000 - 5 H.P. 7.0 CFM @ 6000 - 7.5 H.P. 9.0 cu. ft. 1850 SCF @ 3000 psig
6"
Receiver (6 Bottles)
UTILITY REQUIREMENTS
Electrical Power = 208/230/460 VAC Single Phase/3 Phase 50/60 Hz
60"
Weight 1,900 LB
(TYP)
15"
70"
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model number MODEL # NO. OF BOTTLES MAX PRESSURE OPTIONS
140
03 06 09 12
1 4 0 1 2 3 0 0 0 0
EXAMPLE
Indicates a compressor with 12 bottles and a maximum pressure of 3000 psig (as shown in picture on front)
Specifications subject to change without notice.
GROTH CORPORATION
800-354-7684 www.grothcorp.com 136
Model 1660A
Pressure and/or vacuum relief valves are used on liquid storage tanks and other process vessels or systems to prevent structural damage due to excess internal pressure or vacuum. Storage tanks are pressurized when liquid is pumped in and compresses the existing vapor or when increasing temperature causes increased evaporation or expansion of existing vapor. Conversely, vacuum may be created when pumping out or decreasing temperature. To prevent damage, vapor must be allowed to escape or enter the tank at a specified pressure or vacuum. The volume rate of venting depends upon the tank size, volatility of the contents, the pumping rate, and the temperature. See API Standard 2000 for the procedures to determine venting requirements. The pilot operated relief valve has two principal advantages over other types of relief valves: 1) It is bubble tight to set pressure. 2) It is fully open at less than 10% above set pressure. These characteristics permit an operating pressure nearer to the maximum allowable working pressure of the tank. High operating pressures reduce evaporation and total venting volume, thereby reducing product loss and cost of processing emissions.
Model 1660A
A tank may also have provisions for emergency pressure relief due to fire exposure and/or an inert gas blanket in the vapor space. A typical tank installation is shown in Figure 1 which includes a pilot operated pressure/vacuum relief valve, a gas blanketing regulator, and a pilot operated emergency pressure relief valve. The Groth Series 1660A Pilot Operated Valve is available in the following configurations:
RELIEF SERVICE PRESSURE VACUUM 1660A 1661A
ACTUATED OPERATED
PILOT DIRECT
1662A 1663A
OPERATED
PILOT
Figure 1 137
FEATURES
Sizes 2" through 12" Full pipe bore seat nozzle Standard pressure settings from 2.0" WC to 15 psig Temperature range from -323 F to 300 F Designed for easy maintenance Minimal spare parts requirements Inherent backflow prevention ISO 9001 Certified manufacturing process Easily adjustable blowdown Snap action or modulating pilot Premium seat tightness to set pressure Standard body materials are aluminum, carbon steel, or 316 SS Film seat design meets EPA Method 21
APPLICATIONS
LOW PRESSURE STORAGE TANKS The Groth Model 1660A Pilot Operated Valves can meet seat tightness requirements of environmental regulations, even when the operating pressure is close to the set pressure, such as when gas blanketing is used. CRYOGENIC STORAGE TANKS Leaking pressure relief valves on low temperature tanks cause unsafe freeze-ups. Tight pilot operated valves with snap action are the safest devices known. Modulating valves must not be used on cryogenic service. NATURAL GAS Some natural gas production facilities require large volume relief capacities at low pressures and pilot operated valves are ideal for these applications. When the relief valve is installed downstream of a pressure reducing valve, the modulating mode can prevent destructive interaction between the two valves. AIR SEPARATION PLANTS Pilot operated valves prevent the accidental loss of gases when used in both low pressure process and storage applications. AIR BLOWERS Air blowers for conveyor systems and waste water treatment plants, as well as other uses, often require accurate relief for both pressure and vacuum. Pilot operated relief valvesboth pressure valves and vacuum valvesare extremely well suited for such services.
138
When tank pressure reaches set pressure, the force acting upward on the pilot valve sense diaphragm overcomes the downward spring force. The pilot valve begins to flow through the seat (6) to the breather port (3). This flow results in a pressure drop in the upper dome (B). As a result, pressure acting under the main valve pallet will open the valve and relieve the overpressure condition. Adjustment of the blowdown needle (4) can provide either snap-action or modulating pilot valve operation. For snap-action operation, the main valve pallet lifts quickly to full open. In modulating service, the pallet will lift sufficiently to maintain set pressure regardless of the flow rate up to the rated capacity of the valve at the specified set pressure. The main valve remains open (and flowing) as long as the tank pressure is higher than the pilot valve set pressure. As tank pressure decreases to the pilot valve reseat pressure, the pilot valve closes allowing tank vapors to flow back into the upper dome (B). As the upper dome pressure rises, the pallet assembly is tightly closed against the seat. The adjustable orifice or blowdown needle (4) affects the closing of the pilot valve. Blowdown can vary from zero for modulating operation to 10% for snap-action operation. Note: The actuator diaphragm (1) is not attached to the support plate (5) unless vacuum relief or low set 1402 Pilot is specified. This design provides inherent back-flow prevention when the discharge header pressure exceeds tank pressure. No additional hardware is required for this protection.
Closed Condition
The function of the pilot valve (A) is to control pressure in the main valve actuator (B) or upper dome of the main valve. The effective area of the actuator diaphragm (1) is significantly larger than the pallet seat area (2). Tank pressure is applied both on top of the actuator diaphragm and below the main valve seat area. Because of the area ratio, the downward force (actuator) is greater than the opening force (pallet) and results in a tight main valve seat.
Vacuum relief is provided by attachment of the actuator diaphragm to the pallet/support plate assembly. This provides pressure and vacuum protection with a single main valve and a single pilot valve. The valve opens when the tank vacuum acting on the actuator diaphragm overcomes the weight of the pallet assembly. The vacuum applied to the area differential between the actuator diaphragm (1) and the pallet seat area (2) provides the lifting force. The vacuum cracking pressure is approximately 1.0" - 2.0" WC, and is determined by the weight of the pallet assembly and related components. Full open flow is achieved in the 1.7" to 3.5" WC range, depending on valve size, pressure setting, and materials of construction. The diaphragm is attached by the upper support plate (8), so backflow prevention is not provided by this valve.
Operation of a Pilot Actuated Vacuum Relief Valve is similar to pressure relief except for the physical connections between the pilot and main valve. The vacuum sense lines (9 & 10) connect the spring chamber breather port and the pilot valve exhaust port to the main valve total pressure pickup as shown. Atmospheric pressure is applied under the boost and sense diaphragms and in the upper dome (B) through the breather port (3). Below set vacuum, the spring force is greater than the lift created by tank vacuum above the sense diaphragm (7) so both the pilot valve and the main valve will remain closed. At set vacuum, the pilot valve opens and the upper dome is reduced to tank vacuum. The diaphragm is attached by a second actuator support plate (8) for vacuum operated valves. Main valve internal pressure under the actuator diaphragm (1) opens the main valve. The valve remains open and flowing until the system reaches the pilot valve reseat pressure. Note: Backflow pressure relief prevention is provided for pilot operated vacuum relief valves in case positive system pressure can occur. A bypass line with a check valve is used to apply pressure to the upper dome. Another check valve prevents pressure discharge from the pilot vent.
Closed Condition
A
7 9
10
CAUTION:
140
ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Pilot Valve is rotated 90 to show blowdown needle and exhaust port; see section A-A on page 143.
ASSEMBLY
Description
Pilot Nipple, Pipe Housing, Upper Actuator Rivet Plate, Diaphragm Bolt, Hex Washer, Lock Plug, Pipe Guide, Spindle Rod, Spindle Spindle Bearing, Spindle Stud/Nut (not shown) Insert, Locking Seat, Body Gasket, Actuator Cap Spindle, Lower Pickup, Pressure Tube Connector Body Diaphragm, Actuator Housing, Lower Actuator Tubing Nut, Hex Jam Cap, Spindle-Upper Connector, Tube Nut, Hex Jam Retainer Plate, O-Ring Pallet, O-Ring O-Ring Retainer, Snap Ring
Ring, Film Seat Plate, Film Seat Screw, Hex Skt Flt Hd Nut, Hex Washer, Lock Seat, Film Jackscrew Bushing, Jackscrew Retainer, Film Seat Nut, Hex Jam Washer, Flat
Elastomer material options are specified by the soft goods option in the part number; refer to the How to Order Section on page 151 of this catalog. Consult factory for material options not listed above. 316 SS Seat Insert optional. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license.
142
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
Description
Cap, Adjustment Screw Screw, Adjustment Nut, Hex Bonnet, Spring Button, Spring Spring Vent, Breather Bolt, Hex Case, Diaphragm-Upper Gasket, Actuator Spacer, Actuator Housing Bolt Hex Nut, Hex Washer, Lock Diaphragm, Actuator Bolt, Hex Screen, Filter Bushing, Blowdown O-Ring Needle, Blowdown Nut, Hex Jam Stem Nut, Hex Washer, Lock Washer Screw, Stem O-Ring O-Ring Guide, Spring Spacer, Central Spacer, Lower O-Ring Disc, Stem Bushing, Seat Gasket, Spring Bonnet Nut, Swage Plate, Support-Upper Plate, Support-Lower Case, Diaphragm-Lower Diaphragm, Body Gasket, Body Body
Qty.
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 1 1 1 12 12 12 1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1
Elastomer material options for the pilot valve(s) are specified by the soft goods designation in the How to Order Section section on page 151 of this catalog. 17-7 PH SS or chrome vanadium for set pressure greater than 8 psig. Consult factory for material options not listed above. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license.
144
OPTIONS
The following options are frequently utilized to reduce vapor emissions, improve serviceability, or expand the capabilities of a pilot operated relief valve.
A 1/2" NPT(F) Connection, block valve, and check valve is provided for field testing the pilot valve pressure setting. This is accomplished with an independent pressure source; the check valve prevents back flow into the tank during testing. Note: Field test connection shown is for a pressure relief valve. Field test connections for vacuum and pressure/vacuum relief are also available.
Manual Blowdown
A manually controlled block valve is provided to allow the upper dome pressure to be bled to atmosphere or a process vapor discharge system. If the tank is pressurized, releasing the dome pressure will open the main valve. An electric solenoid valve can be provided for remote blowdown control.
To provide maximum tight shut-off, a patented Conical Film Seat is available with Groth pilot operated valves. This unique design will avoid fugitive emissions and will exceed the requirements of Method 21 in the EPA Regulation, CFR 40, Part 60.
145
The exhaust port of the pilot valve may be piped to the outlet body to avoid any vapor emission to the atmosphere.
OPTIONS
Remote Sense
Normally pilot operated relief valves have a total pressure pickup in the main valve inlet. For applications where inlet piping losses are significant, a remote sense connection will assure that the main valve will open fully at the specified pressure regardless of inlet piping pressure loss. Note that the valve sizing must take into account the reduced flow because of the inlet pressure drop. Remote sense is recommended for applications that have entrained particulates (tubing/fittings provided by others).
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers. 3. Kalrez is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
146
OPTIONS
Model 1663A Dual Pilot Operated Pressure and Vacuum Relief Valve
The Model 1663A will be required for pilot operated pressure and vacuum relief when the vacuum setting is greater than the direct actuated vacuum setting of the Model 1661. Minimum vacuum setting for Model 1663A is 3" WC and rated capacity is achieved at 10% overpressure. Dual pilot valves allow a single relief valve to provide independent settings for pressure and vacuum. Two Groth Model 1900 Check Valves provide isolation of the pressure and vacuum functions. The valve is closed within the set pressure range specified and opens above the positive pressure setting and below the vacuum setting. Backflow prevention protection is not available if the discharge header pressure exceeds tank pressure.
The Groth Series 1660A pilot operated valves are designed to provide the safest and most reliable operation for cryogenic service. With the incorporation of a Teflon1 FEP diaphragm and aluminum or 316 SS seat materials, the low temperature does not affect valve operation or valve seat tightness. Tight shut-off and dependable service is assured.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license.
147
OPTIONS
The patented Model 1402 Pilot Valve allows the effective pressure range of all Groth pilot operated valves to be as low as 2.0" WC (depending on valve model, size and materials of construction). The Model 1402 Pilot Valve functions as a 4-way valve and the main valve is supplied with a double acting actuator. Below set pressure, the pilot uses tank pressure to pressurize the upper chamber of the actuator and vents the lower chamber. At set pressure, the pilot exhausts the upper chamber and pressurizes the lower chamber, applying sufficient upward force to overcome the weight of the valve stem assembly. The action is modulating and non-flowing (the pilot only emits vapors while the main valve actuator is being exhausted). The pilot valve pressure setting is adjustable throughout the range of 2.0" to 8.0" WC. It is used for pressure relief only and is available with all applicable materials and options shown on pages 144-146.
TECHNICAL DATA
MATERIAL OPTION Sizes Pressure Settings ALUMINUM 2" - 12" *2" WC to 15 psig 5.0 mb to 1.0 barg ***3" WC to 12 psig 7.5 mb to 0.83 barg CARBON STEEL 2" - 12" **2" WC to 15 psig 5.0 mb to 1.0 barg ***3" WC to 12 psig 7.5 mb to 0.83 barg STAINLESS STEEL 2" - 12" **2" WC to 15 psig 5.0 mb to 1.0 barg ***3" WC to 12 psig 7.5 mb to 0.83 barg
Vacuum Settings
Temperature Limits
* Model 1402 pilot required for settings less than 3" WC [7.5 mb]. ** Model 1402 pilot required for settings less than 7" WC [17.2 mb]. *** Direct acting vacuum [Model 1661A] achieves rated capacity at 3.5" WC (8.6 mb)
148
CAPACITY
Model 1660A, 1661A, 1663A Pilot Operated Valve Pressure Relief Capacity
Set Pressure
In WC
2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00 psig 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 15
(Ps)
oz/in
1.16 2.31 3.47 4.62 5.78 8.66 11.6 14.4
2"
5.46 7.73 9.48 11.0 12.3 15.1 17.5 19.6 20.7 29.8 37.1 43.6 49.4 54.9 65.1 74.4 83.2 91.6 95.7
1000 Standard Cubic Feet per Hour at 60 F 3" 4" 6" 8" 10"
12.0 17.1 20.9 24.2 27.1 33.3 38.6 43.3 45.7 65.8 81.9 96.1 109 121 144 164 184 202 211 20.9 29.5 36.2 41.9 46.9 57.7 66.8 75.0 79.0 114 142 166 189 210 248 284 318 350 366 46.8 66.3 81.3 94.0 105 129 150 168 177 255 318 373 424 471 557 638 713 785 820 81.9 116 142 165 184 227 262 294 311 447 557 654 742 824 976 1117 1249 1375 1436 129 182 223 258 289 356 412 462 488 702 875 1027 1165 1294 1533 1754 1961 2159 2255
12"
185 262 322 372 417 512 594 666 702 1011 1260 1478 1677 1863 2207 2525 2825 3109 3247
(Ps)
oz/in2
1.73 2.31 3.47 4.62 5.78 6.93 9.27 11.6 14.4
3"
14.7 17.0 20.8 23.9 26.7 29.2 33.7 37.6 41.9 44.0 61.0 73.2 82.5 89.8 95.3 99.3
1000 Standard Cubic Feet per Hour at 60 F 4" 6" 8" 10"
25.5 29.4 35.9 41.4 46.3 50.6 58.3 65.0 72.5 76.1 106 127 143 155 165 172 57.1 65.9 80.6 93.0 104 114 131 146 163 171 237 284 320 349 370 386 100 115 141 163 182 199 229 255 285 299 415 498 561 610 648 675 157 181 222 256 285 312 360 401 447 470 652 781 881 959 1018 1060
12"
226 261 319 368 411 450 518 578 644 676 938 1125 1268 1380 1466 1527
8"
102
10"
161
12"
232
Actual setting depends on size, material, and pallet type and varies from 1.0" - 2.0" WC
149
CAPACITY
Model 1660A, 1661A, 1663A Pilot Operated Valve Pressure Relief Capacity
Set Pressure
mm WC
50 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 barg 0.07 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
(Ps)
mb
4.90 9.80 14.7 19.6 29.4 39.2 49.0 58.8
3"
0.35 0.49 0.60 0.69 0.93 1.02 1.11 1.19 1.35 1.39 2.31 3.04 3.68 4.26 4.55 4.85 5.17 5.49 5.94
1000 Normal Cubic Meters per Hour at 0 C 4" 6" 8" 10"
0.60 0.85 1.04 1.20 1.61 1.76 1.92 2.06 2.34 2.40 3.99 5.27 6.38 7.38 7.87 8.40 8.95 9.50 10.3 1.34 1.90 2.33 2.69 3.62 3.95 4.30 4.63 5.24 5.39 8.96 11.8 14.3 16.6 17.7 18.8 20.1 21.3 23.1 2.35 3.33 4.08 4.72 6.34 6.93 7.52 8.10 9.18 9.44 15.7 20.7 25.1 29.0 30.9 33.0 35.2 37.3 40.4 3.69 5.22 6.41 7.41 9.95 10.9 11.8 12.7 14.4 14.8 24.6 32.5 39.4 45.5 48.6 51.8 55.2 58.6 63.5
12"
5.31 7.52 9.23 10.7 14.3 15.7 17.0 18.3 20.8 21.4 35.5 46.8 56.7 65.6 69.9 74.6 79.5 84.4 91.4
(Ps)
mb
7.35 9.80 14.70 19.6 24.5 29.4 39.2 49.0 58.8
3"
0.42 0.49 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.84 0.97 1.09 1.19 1.29 1.53 1.85 2.10 2.48 2.75 2.91
1000 Normal Cubic Meters per Hour at 0 C 4" 6" 8" 10"
0.74 0.85 1.04 1.20 1.34 1.46 1.68 1.88 2.05 2.23 2.65 3.20 3.63 4.30 4.75 5.04 1.65 1.90 2.33 2.69 3.00 3.28 3.78 4.21 4.61 5.01 5.94 7.17 8.15 9.64 10.7 11.3 2.89 3.33 4.08 4.70 5.25 5.75 6.62 7.38 8.07 8.77 10.4 12.6 14.3 16.9 18.7 19.8 4.54 5.24 6.40 7.39 8.25 9.02 10.4 11.6 12.7 13.8 16.3 19.7 22.4 26.5 29.3 31.1
12"
6.53 7.54 9.22 10.6 11.9 13.0 15.0 16.7 18.2 19.8 23.5 28.4 32.3 38.2 42.2 44.8
8"
2.98
10"
4.68
12"
6.75
Actual setting depends on size, material, and pallet type and varies from 1.0" - 2.0" WC
150
SPECIFICATIONS
C DIA
D
OUTLET (Metric)
(80 mm) (100 mm) (150 mm) (200 mm) (250 mm) (300 mm) (400 mm)
A (Metric)
(298 mm) (375 mm) (457 mm) (540 mm) (648 mm) (806 mm) (927 mm)
B (Metric)
(502 mm) (546 mm) (552 mm) (660 mm) (711 mm) (800 mm) (889 mm)
C (Metric)
(190 mm) (229 mm) (279 mm) (343 mm) (406 mm) (483 mm) (597 mm)
D (Metric)
(70 mm) (64 mm) (102 mm) (110 mm) (135 mm) (169 mm) (203 mm)
E (Metric)
(152 mm) (203 mm) (254 mm) (305 mm) (356 mm) (457 mm) (510 mm)
(Aluminum)
2"
3"
11.75"
19.75"
7.50"
2.75"
6.00"
(14 kg) (20 kg) (25 kg) (36 kg) (59 kg) (77 kg) (104 kg)
Lbs 30 45
9.00"
2.53"
8.00"
11.00" 13.50"
4.00" 4.32"
10.00" 12.00"
56 80
10"
25.50"
28.00"
16.00"
5.31"
14.00"
130
10" 12"
12" 16"
31.75" 36.50"
31.50" 35.00"
19.00" 23.50"
6.65" 8.00"
18.00" 20.10"
170 230
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers
MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL SOFT GOODS
(see notes 1-4)
TYPE
OPTIONS
O = No Special Options Z = Special Options
02 03 04 06 08 10 12
= = = = = = =
B E V K Z
= = = = =
M = Modulating S = SnapAction Seat R = O Ring (see note 4) F = Film Seat (see note 5)
O B R 2 O H T 2 O F L 2
= = = = = = = = = = = =
No Blowdown or Remote Sense Manual Blowdown Remote Sense Both Blowdown and Remote Sense No Pilot to Hdr or Test Connection Pilot Exhaust Piped to Dischg Header Field Test Connection Both Pilot to Hdr & Test Connection No Filter or Low Set 1402 Pilot Pilot Supply Filter Low Set 1402 Pilot Both Filter and Low Set 1402 Pilot
NOTES
1. Refer to BOM on pages 142 and 144. 2. Diaphragm material for main valve (actuator and film seat) and pilot valve are only available in Teflon1 FEP. 3. 300 Series Stainless Steel is standard (see page 144). 4. O-Ring material is specified by soft goods selection; PTFE is not available. 5. FEP film only; Kalrez3 O-Rings in pilot valve (see pages 141-144). 6. In cryogenic applications a film seat is required.
EXAMPLE
O
2
Indicates a 6" Model 1660A (pressure relief only) with carbon steel body and O-Ring seat using Viton soft goods with snap action pilot with remote pilot sense connection and no specials.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers. 3. Kalrez is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
151
Specifications subject to change without notice. Certified dimensions available upon request.
SERIES 1400
Patent protected
Model 1400
Model 1420
Model 1430
Model 1460
152
Pilot operated valves for atmospheric and low pressure storage tanks
FEATURES BENEFITS
PILOT OPERATED Ease of precision settings. Only the pilot needs to be set. Lower profile and weight than spring operated models for high settings. Remote pilot sensing option allows the pilot to sense the true system pressure. Remote or manual blowdown available. Main valve remains tight to set pressure. Full open at less than 10% overpressure. Modulating action conserves product since valve opening is proportional to overpressure. Noise is reduced since the valve only opens fully when required. Soft seats seal tight to conserve product and minimize valve wear which improves reliability. Reduces maintenance costs since the valve can be completely serviced without removal from its mounting. Wide range of materials to meet most corrosive media and temperature applications at the lowest possible cost.
SOFT SEATED TOP ENTRY CHOICE OF ALUMINUM, CARBON STEEL, STAINLESS STEEL, OR SPECIAL MATERIALS FOR THE MAIN BODY. SIZES 2" THROUGH 12" HIGH CAPACITY DESIGN PRESSURE SETTINGS o 2" WC TO 15 psig VACUUM SETTINGS 1/2 oz. T0 12 psig
There is a size to meet your relieving capacity requirements without the need of expensive oversizing. Groth pilot operated valves have more capacity for your money. Setting range covers all atmospheric and low pressure storage tanks. o Requires 1402 Pilot for minimum settings Wide setting range to meet your design requirements. Direct acting or pilot operated vacuum relief available.
153
OPERATION
The pilot operated valve is a self-contained system which does not require any external power or pressure source. The pilot valve, using system medium and pressure, automatically controls the actuator pressure to either open or close the main valve depending on the pressure setting of the pilot vs. the actual system pressures. System medium and pressure is sensed at the pickup fitting just above the inlet flange. In the case of remote sensing, the pickup point is directly on the vessel and usually close to the valve inlet. The medium and pressure is then channeled to the pilot inlet and is redistributed to the sense chamber and to the actuator. Under normal system operating conditions, the same pressure is acting downward against the actuator and upwards against the seat pallet. Since the
154
actuator has a larger area than the seat pallet, the net force is downward which will press the pallet against the seat and thus keep the main valve closed. While the pilot and main valve are closed, there is no bleed to the atmosphere. When the system pressure rises to the pilot set point due to an overpressure condition, the upward force in the pilot sense chamber will overcome the downward spring force to lift the pilot stem. As the stem lifts, it opens the pilot seat to allow flow through the pilot and out to the atmosphere (in applications where nothing is permitted to discharge directly into the atmosphere, the pilot discharge may be plumbed to the main valve outlet for channeling to a collection header. Notify the vendor if this is the situation in case compensating adjustments need to be made). The flow through the pilot and adjustable orifice will cause a
pressure drop downstream of the orifice which in turn causes the pressure in the actuator to drop. When the actuator pressure decreases to a point where the upward force on the seat pallet is greater than the downward force of the actuator, the main valve will open. The amount the main valve opens depends on the system overpressure. The greater the overpressure, the wider the main valve opens, until full open is obtained at approximately 10% overpressure. After the excess pressure has been relieved and the system pressure is again below the set point of the pilot, the valve will return to its normal closed position.
CONFIGURATIONS
FIELD TEST CONNECTION (Backflow Prevention Included) PILOT DISCHARGE TUBED TO MAIN VALVE OUTLET
155
SIZING TABLES
Tables are provided to allow you to select the proper size valve for your application. It is suggested that API Standard 2000 be utilized to obtain the required flow capacity.
Pressure Setting psig 0.07 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0
TABLE I
Model 1400/1430
SCFH Air Capacity @10% Overpressure and 60F
Pressure Setting psig 0.07 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0
TABLE II
Model 1420/1460
SCFH Air Capacity @10% Overpressure and 60F
TABLE III
Vacuum Flow Capacity Model 1400/1420
SCFH Air Capacity @100% Overpressure and 60F
Vacuum Setting In. WC 0.87 1.00 1.73 2.00 3.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00
VALVE SIZE
2" 4680 5040 6660 7140 8700 10020 12180 13980 15600 3" 10320 10980 14520 15600 19020 21900 26700 30600 34020 4" 16020 17220 22620 24180 29580 34080 41520 47700 52980 6" 34680 37320 49020 52620 64200 73980 90120 103020 115020 8" 60480 64980 85320 91620 112020 129000 157020 180000 199980 10" 91080 97920 129000 138000 169020 193980 237000 271980 301980 12" 129000 138000 181980 195000 238020 274020 334020 384000 427020
156
SIZING TABLES
Tables are provided to allow you to select the proper size valve for your application. It is suggested that API Standard 2000 be utilized to obtain the required flow capacity. VALVE SIZE (ORIFICE SIZE)
2" (2.976 in2) 148 210 308 385 451 511 726 900 1044 1170 1290 1422 1536 1644 1728 1812 1890 1962 2028 2094 2160 2220 2280 2394 3" (7.013 in2) 350 496 726 906 1062 1200 1716 2118 2460 2766 3048 3348 3624 3876 4080 4272 4446 4620 4782 4938 5088 5232 5370 5646 4" (12.35 in2) 618 876 1278 1602 1872 2118 3024 3726 4332 4872 5364 5898 6360 6840 7200 7500 7860 8160 8400 8700 8940 9180 9480 9960 6" (28.51 in2) 1428 2016 2952 3690 4326 4890 6960 8580 10020 11220 12360 13620 14760 15780 16560 17340 18060 18780 19440 20040 20700 21240 21840 22980 8" (49.65 in2) 2484 3510 5142 6420 7560 8520 12120 15000 17400 19560 21540 23700 25680 27480 28860 30240 31500 32700 33840 34920 36000 37020 37980 39960 10" (78.47 in2) 3924 5550 8100 10140 11880 13440 19200 23700 27540 30960 34080 37500 40560 43380 45660 47760 49740 51660 53460 55200 56880 58500 60060 63180 12" (112.7 in2) 5634 7980 11700 14580 17100 19320 27600 34020 39540 44460 48960 53820 58260 62340 65580 68580 71460 74220 76800 79320 81720 84060 86280 90720
Pressure Setting mbar 5 10 20 30 40 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 1000
TABLE I
Model 1400/1430
NCMH Air Capacity @100% Overpressure and 0 C
Pressure Setting mbar 5 10 20 30 40 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 1000
TABLE II
Model 1420/1460
NCMH Air Capacity @100% Overpressure and 0 C
TABLE III
Vacuum Flow Capacity Model 1400/1420
NCMH Air Capacity @100% Overpressure and 0 C
VALVE SIZE
2" 132 161 186 208 245 292 356 409 455 3" 288 353 406 454 536 636 780 894 996 4" 449 549 630 708 834 996 1212 1392 1548 6" 972 1194 1374 1536 1812 2160 2628 3018 3354 8" 1698 2076 2394 2676 3156 3762 4584 5262 5850 10" 2556 3126 3606 4026 4752 5664 6900 7920 8820 12" 3612 4422 5094 5694 6720 7980 9780 11220 12480
157
SPECIFICATIONS
Model 1420
Model 1460
Model 1400
Model 1430
MODELS 1420
SIZE
(Metric)
and
1460
APPROX. SHIP (Metric) (Metric) (Metric) (Metric) (Metric) (Metric) (Metric) (Metric) WT. LBS
INLET
OUT.
AA
BB
DD 7"
2"
(50 mm)
3"
(80 mm)
5-1/2"
(140 mm)
7"
(178 mm)
14-1/2" 26-1/2"
(368 mm) (673 mm) (730 mm) (800 mm) (927 mm)
35
(16 kg)
3"
(80 mm)
4"
(100 mm)
11-1/2" 25-1/2"
5"
(127 mm) (165 mm) (216 mm) (248 mm) (260 mm)
6"
(152 mm)
7-1/2"
(191 mm)
18"
(457 mm) (489 mm) (673 mm)
28-3/4" 8-1/8"
40
(18 kg)
(1.035 barg)
15 psig
12 psig
7" WC
6"
(150 mm)
8"
(200 mm)
(.828 barg)
(17.5 mb)
(100 mm)
(150 mm)
0.5 oz/in2
4"
6"
6-1/2"
(165 mm) (216 mm) (273 mm) (318 mm)
8"
(203 mm) (260 mm) (298 mm) (349 mm) (375 mm)
50
(23 kg)
70
(32 kg)
8"
(200 mm)
10"
(250 mm)
20-1/2" 36-3/4" 9-3/4" 10-3/4" 11-3/4" 32-1/2" 42-1/4" 15-1/4" 20-1/4" 38-3/4" 10-1/4" 12-1/2" 13-3/4" 37-3/4" 46-1/2" 27-3/4" 42-3/4" 11" 15"
(381 mm) (1086 mm) (279 mm)
90
(41 kg)
10"
(250 mm)
12"
(300 mm)
18"
125
(57 kg)
12"
(300 mm)
14"
(350 mm)
150
(69 kg)
*Approximate weight of aluminum Model 1420. **2" WC minimum set with 1402 Pilot.
MODELS 1400
SIZE
(Metric)
and
1430
A
(Metric)
B
(Metric)
G
(Metric)
AA
(Metric)
BB
(Metric)
2"
(50 mm)
4-3/4"
(121 mm)
25-1/2"
(648 mm)
7"
(178 mm)
13-1/2"
(178 mm)
27-1/2"
(699 mm)
30
(14 kg)
3"
(80 mm)
5-3/4"
(146 mm)
26-1/2"
(673 mm)
7-3/4"
(197 mm)
17-3/4"
(451 mm)
29"
(737 mm)
35
(16 kg)
0.5 oz/in2
(1.035 barg)
12 psig
7" WC
(.17.5 mb)
(.828 barg)
(100 mm)
15 psig
4" 6"
(150 mm)
6-1/2"
(165 mm)
27-1/2"
(699 mm)
8-1/2"
(216 mm)
19-1/2"
(495 mm)
30-1/4"
(768 mm)
40
(18 kg)
8-1/2"
(216 mm)
29-1/2"
(749 mm)
10-1/2"
(267 mm)
26-1/2"
(673 mm)
34"
(864 mm)
50
(23 kg)
8"
(200 mm)
9-3/4"
(248 mm)
32-1/2"
(826 mm)
11-3/4"
(298 mm)
31-1/2"
(800 mm)
40"
(1016 mm)
65
(30 kg)
10"
(250 mm)
11-3/4"
(298 mm)
34-1/2"
(876 mm)
13-3/4"
(349 mm)
37"
(940 mm)
43-3/4"
(1111 mm)
95
(43 kg)
12"
(300 mm)
12-3/4"
(324 mm)
36-1/2"
(927 mm)
14-3/4"
(375 mm)
40-1/2"
(1029 mm)
48"
(1219 mm)
125
(57 kg)
*Approximate weight of aluminum Model 1400. **2" WC minimum set with 1402 Pilot (see 1660 Brochure).
158
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers
MODEL #
SIZE
MATERIAL
OPTIONS
O = Z = No Options Special Options
(see note 2)
T = Teflon1 FEP
Body Matl. (see note 6) 1 = Aluminum V = Viton2 3 = C. Steel Z = Special 5 = 316 SS Z = Special M = Modulating S = Snap Action (see note 7)
T = Field Test Connection 2 = Both Pilot to Header and Test Connection O F L 2 = = = = No Filter or Low Set 1402 Pilot Pilot Supply Filter Low Set 1402 Pilot Both Filter and Low Set 1402 Pilot
(see note 7 & 8)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
See 1660 Brochure for details on 1401E or 1402 Pilot Valves. Carbon and Stainless Steel Valves include 316 SS Trim. 1 Diaphragm material for main actuator and pilot valve are only available in Teflon FEP. 300 Series Pilot is standard; see 1660 Brochure for pilot valve details. Kalrez3 O-Rings; Teflon1 FEP Diaphragms and Gaskets. Teflon1 FEP Diaphragms and Gaskets with Viton2 O-rings. 1402 Pilot Valve available for modulating service only. Pilot Exhaust Piped to Discharge Header is not available w/1402 Pilot Valve. Pilot will only exhaust vapors in the dome.
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 6" Model 1430 with carbon steel body and 316 SS trim using Viton2 soft goods, snap action with remote pilot pickup, and no other options.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers. 3. Kalrez is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
159
02 03 04 06 08 10 12
= = = = = = =
O B R 2
= = = =
No Blowdown or Remote Sense Manual Blowdown Remote Sense Both Blowdown and Remote Sense
NOTES
Series 1500 Model 1520, Model 1560, Model 1530, Model 1500
Model 1530
Air Operated Pressure Relief Valve Relief to atmosphere design
Model 1520
Air Operated Pressure / Vacuum Relief Valves Pipe-away design
Model 1500
Air Operated Pressure / Vacuum Relief Valves Relief to atmosphere design
Model 1560
Air Operated Pressure Relief Valves Pipe-away design
160
Series 1500
EXTRA TIGHT SEAL FULL FLOW SNAP ACTION SOFT SEATED TOP ENTRY CHOICE OF Aluminum, Carbon Steel, Fiberglass (FRP), or special materials for the main body SIZES 2" THROUGH 12" HIGH CAPACITY DESIGN
There is a size to meet your relieving capacity requirements without the need of expensive oversizing Groth air pilot operated valves have higher capacity, size for size, than most other relief valves. You get more capacity for your money Setting range covers all atmospheric and low pressure storage tanks Wide setting range to meet your design requirements. Weight or spring loaded valve
PRESSURE SETTINGS 5" WC TO 15 psig VACUUM SETTINGS 0.5 oz/in2 TO 12 psig (Models 1500 and 1520 ONLY)
Air operated valves are used to replace weight loaded, spring loaded, and pilot operated valves in severe application where polymerization and crystallization may take place and plug as well as corrode the control orifices. The air operated valve increases valve efficiency and reduces evaporation losses. The pressure switch coupled with a solenoid valve and using plant instrument air instead of corrosive product vapor provides a bubble tight seal in the valve. Additionally, the use of clean air greatly reduces maintenance time when compared with the pilot operated valve. By using the air operated valve, remote sensing is provided by the pressure switch. This
valve provides greater conservation due to minimum product loss which in turn adds to the profits at the bottom line. The Groth 1500 Series group provides safe, dependable, and accurate low pressure and/or vacuum on your storage tank. A range of pressure and vacuum requirements may be easily set. Full flow is obtainable at set point and the snap acting feature provides immediate efficiency. This reduces the requirement for large overpressure and saves product, translating into profit. The standard valve may incorporate a vacuum breaker when desired.
OPERATION
ACTUATOR DIAPHRAGM
ACTUATOR DIAPHRAGM
OUTLET
INLET INLET
The 1500 Series Air Operated Valve is available in five basic models: the 1500, 1520, 1530, 1560, and 1580. The 1500 and 1520 are combination pressure/vacuum valves. The 1500 discharges to the atmosphere and 1520 has an outlet flange for pipe-away applications. The 1530 is a pressure only valve that discharges to atmosphere. The 1560 may be used for pressure or vacuum for pipe-away applications. All valves are held in the closed position by low pressure plant air. When the air pressure is removed, the valve is forced open by the process pressure or vacuum. Full open position is achieved as low as 5" WC pressure or vacuum in some cases. The system is composed of the air operated valve, a pressure switch and a three-way solenoid valve. The pressure switch is attached to the tank or vessel and connected to the solenoid valve which controls the instrument air or N2 line. This is the normal configuration but if desired or necessary more than one switch or solenoid valve may be used. Placement on the tank for the
pressure switch and placement of the solenoid valve may be located to meet your requirements. The pressure switch is adjusted to the desired valve set point. When the pressure in the tank reaches the set point, a signal is sent to the solenoid valve which is de-energized and the plant air is cut off and exhausted. This releases the pressure on the valve actuator allowing the main valve seat pallet to move up thereby venting the tank. In a similar manner, the reverse takes place when the set point pressure is reached when the valve is open. The pressure switch energizes the solenoid valve which is then energized to open. This opening permits the line to open and plant instrument air enters the actuator forcing the main valve seat pallet to move down closing the valve which eliminates the tank vapor flow.
162
SIZING TABLES
Tables are provided to allow you to select the proper size valve for your application. It is suggested that API Standard 2000 be utilized to obtain the required flow capacity. VALVE SIZE (ORIFICE SIZE)
2" (2.976 in2) 8460 12420 15540 18180 20580 22740 24780 26640 28380 30060 37500 43860 49500 54060 58260 62160 65760 69120 72300 75360 78240 81000 83700 3" (7.013 in2) 19980 29280 36600 42900 48480 53580 58320 62760 66900 70920 88440 103380 116580 127440 137340 146400 154920 162900 170460 177600 184440 190920 197160 4" (12.35 in2) 35220 51600 64500 75540 85380 94380 102720 110520 117840 124860 155700 182040 205320 224460 241800 257880 272820 286860 300120 312720 324780 336240 347220 6" (28.51 in2) 81300 119100 148860 174420 197160 217920 237120 255120 272100 288180 359520 420240 474000 518160 558240 595260 629820 662220 692880 721980 749700 776220 801600 8" (49.65 in2) 141600 207420 259260 303720 343320 379440 412920 444240 473820 501900 626040 731820 825540 902340 972180 1036680 1096800 1153320 1206660 1257300 1305600 1351740 1395960 10" (78.47 in2) 223800 327840 409800 480000 542400 599700 652620 702120 748860 793260 989460 1156620 1304700 1426140 1536480 1638420 1733460 1822740 1907100 1987140 2063400 2136360 2206320 12" (112.7 in2) 321360 470820 588540 689400 779340 861300 937260 1008420 1075500 1139280 1421100 1661100 1873860 2048220 2206680 2353080 2489640 2617860 2739000 2853960 2963520 3068280 3168720
Pressure Setting psig 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0
TABLE I
Model 1500/1530
SCFH Air Capacity @10% Overpressure and 60F
TABLE II
Model 1520/1560
SCFH Air Capacity @10% Overpressure and 60F
TABLE III
Vacuum Flow Capacity Model 1500/1520
SCFH Air Capacity @100% Overpressure and 60F
Vacuum Setting In. WC 0.87 1.00 1.73 2.00 3.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00
VALVE SIZE
2" 4680 5040 6660 7140 8700 10020 12180 13980 15600 3" 10320 10980 14520 15600 19020 21900 26700 30600 34020 4" 16020 17220 22620 24180 29580 34080 41520 47700 52980 6" 34680 37320 49020 52620 64200 73980 90120 103020 115020 8" 60480 64980 85320 91620 112020 129000 157020 180000 199980 10" 91080 97920 129000 138000 169020 193980 237000 271980 301980 12" 129000 138000 181980 195000 238020 274020 334020 384000 427020
163
SPECIFICATIONS
BB D E E
Model 1560
B D AA
Model 1500
BB B
AA
Model 1520
Model 1530
MODELS 1520
SIZE
(Metric)
and
1560
APPROX. SHIP (Metric) (Metric) (Metric) (Metric) (Metric) (Metric) (Metric) WT. LBS
INLET
OUT.
AA
BB
DD 7"
2"
(51 mm)
3"
(76 mm)
10 12
(13.2 gm/cm ) (1.05 kg/cm )
2
(43.9 gm/cm )
2
35
(13.75 kg)
(105 mm)
(178 mm) (206 mm) (241 mm) (324 mm) (387 mm)
3"
(76 mm)
4"
(102 mm)
(52.7 gm/cm )
12-1/2" 16-1/2"
5"
(127 mm) (165 mm) (216 mm) (248 mm) (260 mm)
6"
(152 mm) (165 mm) (216 mm) (273 mm) (318 mm)
18"
(457 mm) (489 mm) (673 mm) (826 mm) (959 mm)
19-3/4" 8-1/8"
35
(15.75 kg)
(2.2 gm/cm )
15 psig
6"
(152 mm)
8"
(203 mm)
3 oz/in
(102 mm)
(152 mm)
(52.7 gm/cm )
14 16 16 16
1/2 oz/in2
4"
6"
12
45
(20.75 kg)
(61.5 gm/cm )
2
65
(29.75 kg)
8"
(203 mm)
10"
(254 mm)
(70.3 gm/cm )
2
21-1/2" 27-3/4" 9-3/4" 10-3/4" 32-1/2" 33-1/4" 15-1/4" 25-1/4" 29-3/4" 10-1/4" 12-1/2" 37-3/4" 37-1/2" 28-3/4" 33-3/4" 11"
(279 mm)
85
(38.75 kg)
10"
(254 mm)
12"
(305 mm)
(70.3 gm/cm )
2
18"
(457 mm)
120
(54.75 kg)
12"
(305 mm)
14"
(356 mm)
(70.3 gm/cm )
15"
145
(66.25 kg)
MODELS 1500
SIZE
(Metric)
and
1530
A
(Metric)
B
(Metric)
AA
(Metric)
BB
(Metric)
2"
(51 mm)
10 12
(1.05 kg/cm )
2
(43.9 gm/cm )
2
4-3/4
(121 mm)
16-1/2"
(420 mm)
13-1/2"
(343 mm)
18-1/2"
(471 mm)
25
(11.75 kg)
3"
(76 mm) (102 mm)
(52.7 gm/cm )
5-3/4"
(146 mm)
17-3/4"
(445 mm)
17-3/4"
(451 mm)
20"
(508 mm)
30
(13.75 kg)
1/2 oz/in2
(.17.5 mb)
6"
(152 mm)
3 oz/in
(52.7 gm/cm )
15 psig
4"
12 14 16 16 16
2
2
6-1/2"
(165 mm)
18-1/2"
(471 mm)
19-1/2"
(495 mm)
21-1/4"
(540 mm)
35
(15.75 kg)
(61.5 gm/cm )
2
8-1/2"
(216 mm)
20-1/2"
(521 mm)
26-1/2"
(673 mm)
25"
(636 mm)
45
(20.75 kg)
8"
(203 mm)
(70.3 gm/cm )
2
9-3/4"
(248 mm)
23-1/2"
(598 mm)
31-1/2"
(800 mm)
31"
(788 mm)
60
(27.75 kg)
10"
(250 mm)
(70.3 gm/cm )
2
11-3/4"
(298 mm)
25-1/2"
(648 mm)
37"
(940 mm)
34-3/4"
(833 mm)
90
(40.75 kg)
12"
(254 mm) *Approximate weight of aluminum Model 1500.
(70.3 gm/cm )
12-3/4"
(324 mm)
27-1/2"
(699 mm)
40-1/2"
(1029 mm)
39"
(991 mm)
120
(54.75 kg)
164
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model numbers
MODEL # SIZE MATERIAL SOFT GOODS OPTIONS
Trim Body Material 1 = Aluminum 3 = Carbon Steel 5 = 316 SS 6 = Vinyl Ester Resin 7 = Furan Z = Special
B E V T Z
= = = = =
O = No Options Z = Special Options 1 = Factory supplied pressure switch 2 = Factory supplied solenoid valve 3 = Both 1 and 2 above
Aluminum body will include stainless steel and/or aluminum trim. Carbon steel and stainless steel body will include stainless steel trim. Aluminum and carbon steel will include carbon steel actuator housing, all other are stainless steel.
EXAMPLE
Indicates a 6" Model 1530 with carbon steel body and 316 SS trim using Viton2 soft goods with factory supplied pressure switch and solenoid.
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license. 2. Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.
GROTH CORPORATION
800-354-7684 www.grothcorp.com 165
NOTES
166
I I I I I I I I I I
Model 3011/3041
NOW AVAILABLE IN 1/2" (DN15) AND 1" (DN25) SIZES Available in stainless steel or other materials by request Field-adjustable flow capacity Single-stage regulation from 200 psig to 0.5" WC Bubble-tight shut-off Settings from 0.5" WC to 8" WC Modulating design Reliability tested to 5,000 cycles Spring-loaded push-push balanced piston design Low maintenance costs
Sense Port Blanket Gas Output
MODEL 3011
APPLICATIONS
Blanket gas regulators from Groth Corporation ensure that a constant gas pressure is maintained in the vapor space of a storage tank. A blanket gas regulator supplies an inert gas to prevent a vacuum from developing when liquid is removed from a tank, to maintain the desired blanket pressure when the temperature drops, and to prevent outside air from contaminating the tank or creating a flammable or explosive environment. A blanket gas pressure as low as 0.5" water column prevents outside air and moisture from entering the storage vessel and reduces the evaporation of the stored product to a negligible amount. The result is conserved product, great reduction in emissions, and prevention of internal tank corrosion. The simple design of a Groth blanket gas regulator eliminates the need for a multiple regulator system or for complicated pilot operated blanketing valves. Groth units have totally balanced chambers to offer high accuracy and reliability, and ensure a leak-tight design without the need for a pilot valve to operate the unit, thus reducing maintenance costs.
1
FEATURES
Teflon is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, used under license.
Groth blanket gas regulators include these features: Direct acting, modulating valves with a patented force multiplying linkage Balanced forces acting on piston (regulator pressure setting is not affected by supply pressure) Compact size and weight Setting range is from 0.5" to 8" WC (Model 3011) or -0.5" to -8" WC (Model 3041 Consult the factory for other settings) Molded Teflon1 (FEP) Actuator Diaphragm Available with NPT or flanged connections for both sizes, with optional sanitary fitting or quick disconnect connections for the 1/2" size Wide selection of elastomer seal materials Field adjustable flow capacity (25% 100% for 1/2", 5% 100% for 1") Remote installation configuration available Available for vacuum service (Model 3041) Optional upstream filter available (1/2" only)
167
Groth blanket gas regulators provide a controlled gas environment in storage tanks for various applications: Refineries Liquid Bulk Storage Terminals Pulp & Paper Plants Food & Beverage Storage Chemical & Petrochemical Plants
Emergency Relief Valve MODELS 2500, 2400, 2300, 2000 +0.87" WC to +15 psig
Pressure Vacuum Relief Valve MODELS 1200, 1220, 1460, 1660, 8800, 8820, 8860 0.87" WC to +15 psig/ -0.87" WC to -12 psig
BLANKET GAS REGULATOR MODELS 3011L/H 3041L/H From 200 psig to 0.5" WC or 200 psig to -8" WC with one regulator
OPTIMUM PROTECTION
For optimum protection of a tank and to meet regulatory requirements, each tank should be protected by 1) a properly-sized blanket gas regulator, to maintain the vapor pressure in the tank, 2) a properly-sized pressure/vacuum relief valve or pilot operated valve, to release the vapor during pump-in or thermal expansion, and 3) a properly-sized emergency relief valve to protect against pressure rise due to external fire. Tank protection systems can be combined across multiple tanks, but careful consideration must be given to provide adequate relief and input capacity and to prevent fouling or clogging of system piping. Consult Groth Corporation for assistance in these situations.
A Groth blanket gas regulator prevents evaporation or contamination in a tank and prevents a flammable or explosive environment in the tank vapor space. Table 1 PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE A Groth pressure/ vacuum relief 1/2" 3011/3041 BGR 1" 3011/3041 BGR valve or pilot operated valve with Supply Pressure psig / barg Supply Pressure psig / barg vacuum relief will maintain a bubble5 >51 >101 >151 5 >51 >101 >151 Set Pressure Set Pressure tight seal to prevent vapor from 50 200 150 50 200 150 100 100 0.3 7.0 10.4 0.3 7.0 10.4 3.5 3.5 escaping into the atmosphere until 3.4 13.8 10.3 3.4 13.8 10.3 6.9 6.9 the set pressure is exceeded, and -2.0" -8.0" WC -2.0" -8.0" WC provide vacuum protection in case of -5.0 -20 mbar -5.0 -20 mbar -1.5" -1.9" WC -1.5" -1.9" WC a gas supply failure. The emergency -3.7 -5.0 mbar -3.7 -5.0 mbar 3041H relief valve will provide vessel 3041H -1.0" -1.4" WC -1.0" -1.4" WC protection under control system -2.5 -3.7 mbar -2.5 -3.7 mbar 3041L failure or external fire conditions. -0.5" -0.9" WC -0.5" -0.9" WC
-1.2 -2.5 mbar -1.2 -2.5 mbar
3041L 3011L
Benefits of storage tank blanketing are recognized by the following government regulations and industrial standards: API Standard 2000 EPA Publication AP-42
168
0.5" 0.9" WC
1.2 2.5 mbar
0.5" 0.9" WC
1.0" 1.4" WC
2.5 3.7 mbar
3011L 3011H
1.0" 1.4" WC
2.5 3.7 mbar
1.5" 1.9" WC
3.7 5.0 mbar
1.5" 1.9" WC
3.7 5.0 mbar
3011H
2.0" 8.0" WC
5.0 20 mbar
2.0" 8.0" WC
5.0 20 mbar
select soft goods and connection type from How to Order Standard Blanket Gas Regulators on page 170.
Flow Capacity
Required flow capacity should be determined by using API 2000 or the relevant sizing standard.
Groth Corporations Cal-Q-Size will size your valve and regulator applications in accordance with API 2000. To find the rated capacity for your application, please refer to Table 2, Flow Capacity. Capacity is listed as a function of supply pressure for four typical blanket gases: carbon dioxide, nitrogen, natural gas, and air.
92300
Notes: 1) Flow capacity values are in SCFH. For NCMH, multiply the listed capacities by 0.029. 2) Capacities listed are with the orifice selector sleeve set at 100%. 3) Consult factory for optional upstream filter and capacity. 4) For reduced capacities, multiply the table values by the appropriate percentage listed on the Orifice Selector Position column listed on page 170.
169
83700
Notes: * Minimum set pressure for 3011H with 200 PSIG supply pressure is 1" WC. When spring ranges overlap, select the lighter spring.
HOW TO ORDER
For easy ordering, select proper model number MODEL # INLET OUTLET MATERIAL SOFT GOODS ORIFICE SELECTOR POSITION SPRING RANGE OPTIONS
1/2 Regulators
Inlet Outlet E = 1/2" 150# ANSI RF Flange O = 1/2" NPT F = DN15 PN 10/16 DIN RF Flange S = 1/2" Sanitary Connections Q = 1/2" Quick Couplings A = 1" 150# ANSI RF Flange N = 1" NPT C = DN25 PN 10/16 DIN RF Flange R = 1" Sanitary Connections
B C E V Z
1 Regulators
Orifice Selector Position 1 = 100% 2 = 75% 3 = 50% 4 = 25% 5 = 20% 6 = 15% 7 = 10% 8 = 5%
Not available for 1/2 size.
Include model number when ordering For special options, consult factory See flow table for available sizes Actuator diaphragm is only available in Teflon FEP 3 0 1 1 H N 5 V 1 2 O
NOTES
EXAMPLE
Indicates a Model 3011H Regulator with 1" NPT body connections, 316 SS construction, Viton elastomers, full capacity orifice, set pressure range from 1.0" WC to 1.5" WC and no special requirements.
Chemraz is a registered trademark of Greene, Tweed of Delaware, Inc. 2 Viton is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, used under license. *Model 3000 blanket gas regulators incorporate U.S. patent no. 5931188.
1
170
RELIEF DEVICES
RELIEF DEVICES
PRESSURE/VACUUM RELIEF VALVES
During pump-in or thermal expansion, relief of the blanket gas is necessary to protect the tank. The devices below are recommended for this application under normal conditions. Consult the Groth Corporation catalog or the factory for more information on pressure relief devices for tank blanketing applications.
1220A
1200A
1420
8800A
8820A
8860
3011
1660A
171
RELIEF DEVICES
RELIEF DEVICES
RELIEF DEVICES
I Pressure/vacuum
relief valves weight loaded spring loaded
I Pilot operated
relief valves
GROTH CORPORATION
800-354-7684 www.grothcorp.com 172
TPD1
IN RESPONSE TO THE MANY REQUESTS FOR AN EASY REFERENCE, WHICH WILL PERMIT THE QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLOW AND PRESSURE QUANTITIES THAT ARE BETWEEN THE STATED FLOW CAPACITIES SHOWN ON THE FLOW TABLES OR BEYOND THOSE INCLUDED ON THE TABLES, WE ARE PROVIDING THE FOLLOWING FORMULAS AND INFORMATION. THESE FORMULAS ASSUME THAT THE VALVE IS FULL OPEN (100% OVERPRESSURE)
2. To determine flow at a pressure (vacuum) beyond the limit of the flow capacity table, use the following formula:
Fn =
Pn Fn Ph Fh Pl Fl = =
+ Fl
Set pressure to be interpolated. Flow corrected to correspond to the new set pressure Pn. = Next higher set pressure shown on table above Pn. = Flow at Ph ; shown on table. = Next lower set pressure shown on table below Pn. = Flow at Pl ; shown on table. Note: All pressures are gauge pressure. C factor must then be applied, if applicable.
(Fr2/Fmax2) * Pmax = CP
Pa = Fr = Pmax = Pmax = Fmax = CP = CF = Allowable pressure (vacuum), beyond the limits of the table. Required flow, beyond the limits of the table. Maximum tank pressure or pressure drop shown in the table for flame arresters and free vents. 2x maximum set pressure shown in the table for all other valves. Maximum flow shown in the table. Pressure at required flow. Flow at allowable pressure.
Ph
4. To approximate flow through a larger unit, multiply the 12 unit capacity (at the desired flow pressure) by the following constants:
Size 14" 1.36 16" 1.78 18" 2.25 20" 2.78 24" 4.00 30" 6.25
Pn
Constant
Pl
Fl
Fn
Fh
173
TECHNICAL SECTION
TECHNICAL SECTION
TPD2
Due to the modular construction of Groth pressure/vacuum relief valves, internal components can be utilized which permit settings as low as 0.5 oz/in2 and as high as 15 psig. Similarly, vacuum relief valves may withstand tank working pressures as high as 100 psig (special construction required). However, the light weight formed pallets required for low vacuum settings may not withstand the high working pressures, and the heavier machined plate pallets required for high working pressures may not permit low vacuum settings. The following table defines the minimum vacuum setting as a function of the maximum tank working pressures for Models 1201B, 1221B, 1300A, and 1360A valves based on the dead weight of each pallet assembly.
Stamped Pallet Minimum Maximum Vacuum Tank Setting Pressure [oz/in2] [psig] 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 25 25 20 20 15 15 15
Machined Pallet Minimum Maximum Vacuum Tank Setting Pressure [oz/in2] [psig] 1.9 1.8 1.5 2.4 2.2 3.2 3.1 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
*Some sizes require non-ferrous components to achieve 0.5 oz/in setting. Consult factory for MAWP >30 psig.
174
TECHNICAL SECTION
TPD3
A pilot operated pressure relief valve uses tank pressure acting on the actuator diaphragm to hold the valve closed, while tank pressure acting on the pallet attempts to force it open. The pilot directs tank pressure into the valve actuator below set pressure and atmospheric pressure into the actuator above set pressure. If any part of the pilot operated system fails, the valve actuator pressure will be vented and tank pressure on the pallet will force the valve open, for example: If the actuator diaphragm fails, the actuator will be vented to the valve outlet. If the pilot valve diaphragm fails, actuator pressure will be vented to atmosphere through the failed diaphragm. If a pilot valve component [spring, seat/seal, etc.] fails which prevents the pilot from holding tank pressure, the actuator will be vented to atmosphere. Therefore, the mode of failure is fail open. A pilot operated vacuum relief valve uses tank vacuum acting on the actuator diaphragm to force the valve open, while tank vacuum acting on the pallet attempts to hold it closed. The pilot valve directs atmospheric pressure into the valve actuator below set pressure and tank vacuum into the actuator above set pressure. If a pilot valve component [spring, seat/seal, etc.] fails which allows the pilot to supply tank vacuum to the actuator, the valve will open prematurely. However, if a part of the system fails which prevents the supply of tank vacuum to the valve actuator above set pressure, tank vacuum acting on the pallet will hold the valve closed indefinitely, for example: If the actuator diaphragm fails, the actuator will be vented to the valve outlet. If the pilot valve diaphragm fails, the pilot valve will not open, and will continue to direct atmospheric pressure to the actuator above set pressure. Therefore, the mode of failure may be fail closed. When a Model 1402 Pilot Valve is used to provide additional opening force at low tank pressure, the failure of either the pilot valve diaphragm or the valve actuator diaphragm will prevent pressurizing the actuator. In this case, the weight of the valve stem assembly will tend to hold the valve closed. The valve may not achieve full open flow capacity until tank pressure reaches 4"-7" WC. The reliability of molded Teflon1 diaphragms has been proven by accelerated cycle tests under maximum overpressure conditions. Therefore, it is good tank protection practice to use pilot operated vacuum relief valves or Model 1402 pilot valves under operating conditions. However, additional emergency or safety vacuum relief valves should be provided for tank protection in case of an operating valve failure.
TECHNICAL SECTION
1. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company used under license.
175
176
Conversion Tables
177
CONVERSION TABLES
CONVERSION TABLES
Conversion Tables
Pressure
Multiply atm bar ft WC at 60oF in Hg at 0oC in WC at 60oF kgf/cm2 kPa mm Hg at 0oC psi 1 0.98692 0.02947 0.03342 0.00246 0.96787 0.00987 0.00132 0.06805 1.01325 1 0.029891 0.033864 0.002499 0.980665 0.010 0.001333 0.068948 g/cm3 33.932 33.4883 1 1.1340 0.083333 32.8084 0.33456 0.044603 2.3089 33.932 29.530 0.882646 1 0.073556 28.95903 0.29613 0.03937 2.0360 kg/cm3 atm bar ft WC at 60oF in Hg at 0oC in WC at 60oF By 407.1872 401.8596 12 13.6 1 393.7008 4.01472 0.535240 27.70851 lbs/ft3 By 1 0.001 0.0160185 27.679905 0.1198264 cm3 ft3 1000 1 16.018463 27,679.9 119.8264 in3 By 1 28,316,847 16,387,064 1,000,000 3785.412 1000 0.00003531 1 0.0005787 35.31467 0.13368056 0.03531467 0.0610237 1728 1 61,023.74 231 61.02374 0.000001 0.2831685 0.00001637 1 0.00378541 0.001 0.0002641 7.480519 0.0043290 264.172 1 0.2641721 0.001 28.316847 0.01163871 1000 3.785412 1 62.428 0.062426 1 1728 7.4805195 m3 0.0361273 3.61273x10-5 5.78704x10 1 0.004329 Gal-US Liquid
-4
kgf/cm2
kPa
mm Hg at 0oC (torr)
psi
Density
Multiply g/cm
3
lbs/US gal
kg/cm3 lbs/ft
3
Volume
Multiply cm3 ft3 in
3
178
CONVERSION TABLES
Conversion Tables
Temperature
Multiply Celsius - oC Fahrenheit - oF Kelvin - oK Rankine - oR
o o o
Celsius - oC
Fahrenheit - oF By
Kelvin - oK
Rankine - oR
1 C=(oF-32)/1.8 C=oK-273.15
F=(oCx1.8)+32 1
o
K=oC+273.15
R=(oC+273.15)x1.8
o
K=[(oF-32)/1.8]+273.15 1
o
R=oF+459.67
o
R=oKx1.8 1
Flow
Multiply cm3/min cm3/sec ft /hr ft3/min m /hr m3/min L/hr Lpm
3 3
cm3/min
Lpm
Length
Multiply Ao cm ft in m micron mm yd
1 1x108 3.048x10
9
1x10-7 1.0936133x10-10 10 304.8 25.4 1000 0.001 1 914.4 0.0109361 0.083333 0.0277778 1.0936133 1.0936133x10-6 0.0010936 1
2.54x108 1x10
10
0.001 0.9144
179
CONVERSION TABLES
CONVERSION TABLES
Conversion Tables
Weight
Multiply g kg mg oz* lb* Tons-short US
* avoirdupois
kg
mg By
oz*
lb*
Tons-short US
Equivalent Tables
Exponential Equivalents
Scientific Notation 1x1010 1x10
9
Equivalent 10,000,000,000 1,000,000,000 100,000,000 10,000,000, 1,000,000 100,000 10,000 1,000 100 10
Equivalent 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.0001 0.00001 0.000001 0.0000001 0.00000001 0.000000001 0.0000000001
1x108 1x10
7
1x10-3 1x10
-4
1x103 1x10
2
1x10-8 1x10
-9
1x101
1x10-10
180
CONVERSION TABLES
Conversion Tables
Equivalent Tables
Velocity (Length/unit of Time)
ft/sec ft/sec ft/min MPH (US statute) m/sec m/min KMH 1 0.01666667 1.466667 3.280840 0.05468066 0.9113444 ft/min 60 1 88 196.8504 3.280840 54.68066 MPH (US statute) 0.6818182 0.01136364 1 2.236936 0.03728227 0.6213712 m/sec 0.3048 5.08x10
-3
Energy
ft-lbf ft-lbf kg-m Btu (IT) kilo-calorie (IT) hp-hr kilowatt-hr joule (J) 1 7.233014 778.1692 3088.025 1980000 2655224 kg-m Btu (IT) 0.1382550 1.285068x10-3 1 107.5858 426.9348 273744.8 367097.8 9.294911x10 1 3.968321 2544.434 3412.142
-4 -3
kilo-calorie (IT) hp-hr kilowatt-hr 3.238316x10-4 5.050505x10-7 3.766161x10-7 2.342278x10 0.2519958 1 641.1865 859.8452 2.388459x10
-4 -3
-6 -4 -3
-6 -4
0.7456999 1
-7
3.725061x10
2.777778x10
-7
Length
inches inches feet yards miles (US statute) millimeters meters 1 12 36 63360 0.03937008 39.37008 feet 0.08333333 1 3 5280 3.280840x10 3.280840
-4
CONVERSION TABLES
CONVERSION TABLES
Equivalent Tables
Area
sq inches sq inches sq feet sq yards acres sq miles (US statute) sq meters 1 144 1296 6272640 4014489600 1550.0031 sq feet 6.944444x10 1 9 43560 27878400 10.76391
-3
Conversion Tables
acres sq miles (US statute)
-7
1.594225x10
2.490977x10
-10
Capacity volume
cu inches cu inches cu feet cu yards liters cu meters US gallons Imp gallons barrels (42 US g) 1 1728 46656 61.02374 61023.74 231.0000 277.4196 9702.001 cu feet 5.787037x10 1 27 0.03531467 35.31467 0.1336806 0.1605437 5.614584
-4
cu yards 2.143347x10
-5
cu meters 1.638706x10
-5
Mass
ounces ounces pounds short tons long tons kilograms metric tons 1 16 32000 35840 35.27396 35273.96 pounds 0.0625 1 2000 2240 2.204623 2204.623 short tons 3.125x10-5 5x10-4 1 1.12 1.102311x10-3 1.102311 long tons 2.790179x10-5 4.464286x10 0.8928571 1 9.842065x10-4 0.9842065
-4
182
CONVERSION TABLES
Equivalent Tables
Weights/unit of Area
lb/ft lb/ft
2 2
Conversion Tables
S. tons/ft 0.0005 0.072 1.024081 1.024081x10 1 1.12 102.4081
-4 2
lb/in
kg/cm
kg/m
L. tons/ft
kg/mm
L. tons.ft2 kg/mm
2
183
CONVERSION TABLES
CONVERSION TABLES
Conversion Tables
Pressure Conversion Table
ounces .05 .10 .15 .20 .25 .30 .35 .40 .45 .50 .55 .60 .65 .70 .75 .80 .85 .90 .95 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 1.00# 2.00# to in WC .086 .173 .260 .346 .433 .519 .606 .692 .779 .865 .952 1.04 1.13 1.21 1.30 1.38 1.47 1.56 1.64 1.73 3.46 5.19 6.92 8.65 10.38 12.12 13.85 27.69 55.39 or in Hg .0064 .0127 .0192 .0255 .0318 .0382 .0445 .0509 .0573 .0636 .0700 .0764 .0827 .0891 .0955 .102 .108 .115 .121 .127 .255 .382 .509 .636 .764 .891 1.02 2.04 4.07 in Hg .05 .10 .15 .20 .25 .30 .35 .40 .45 .50 .55 .60 .65 .70 .75 .80 .85 .90 .95 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00 to ounces .393 .786 1.18 1.57 1.96 2.36 2.75 3.14 3.54 3.93 4.32 4.71 5.11 5.50 5.89 6.29 6.68 7.07 7.46 7.86 15.72 1.47# 1.96# 2.46# 2.95# 3.44# 3.93# 4.42# 4.91# or in WC .68 1.36 2.04 2.72 3.40 4.08 4.76 5.44 6.12 6.80 7.48 8.16 8.84 9.52 10.20 10.88 11.56 12.24 12.92 13.60 27.19 40.79 54.38 67.98 81.58 95.17 108.77 122.36 135.96 in WC .05 .10 .15 .20 .25 .30 .35 .40 .45 .50 .55 .60 .65 .70 .75 .80 .85 .90 .95 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00 to in Hg .0037 .0074 .0110 .0147 .0184 .0221 .0257 .0294 .0331 .0368 .0405 .0441 .0478 .0515 .0552 .0588 .0625 .0662 .0699 .0736 .147 .221 .294 .368 .441 .515 .588 .662 .736 or ounces .0289 .0578 .0867 .116 .144 .173 .202 .231 .260 .289 .318 .347 .376 .404 .433 .462 .491 .520 .549 .578 1.16 1.73 2.31 2.89 3.47 4.04 4.62 5.20 5.78
184
CONVERSION TABLES
Conversion Tables
ASME/ANSI B 16.5 Steel Flange Dimensions
Nominal Pipe Size Inches Dia. Flange Dia. of Thick- Raised 150 lbs 300 lbs Flange ness* Face
3
No. Bolts 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 8 12 12 16 12 16 12 20 16 20 16 24 20 24 20 24
Dia. Bolts 2 8 1 2 5 8 1 2 5 8 1 2 3 4 5 8 5 8 5 8 3 4 5 8 3 4 5 8 3 4 5 8 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 7 8 7 8
1 5
Min. Dia. Flange Dia. of Thick- Raised 400 lbs 600 lbs Flange ness* Face
3
No. Bolts 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12
Dia. Bolts 8 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4 5 8 5 8 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8
5 5
4
3
1 1 11/4 11/4 1 2
1
3 78 4 58 4 14 4 78 4 58 5 14 5 6 18 6 6 12 7 7 12 7 12 8 14 8 12 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 12 15 16 17 12 19 20 12 21 23 23 12 25 12 25 28 27 12 30 12 32 36
2 8 7 16 11 16 1 2 3 4 9 16 13 16 5 8 7 8 11 16
1 5
1 4 118 13 16 3 1 16 15 16 1 1 4 15 16 3 1 8 1 1716 118 158 1316 178 114 2 138 218 1716 214 1916 238 11116 212 178 234
3
4
3
1 1 11/4 11/4 1 2
1
4 58 4 58 4 78 4 78 5 14 5 14 6 18 6 18 6 12 6 12 7 12 7 12 8 14 8 14 9 9 10 10 34 11 13 12 12 14 15 16 12
8 8 11 16 11 16 13 16 13 16 7 8 7 8
5 5
1 1 118 118 114 114 138 138 138 112 112 134 1 58 1 78 178 2316
1 8 1 1 118
7
1
7 8 118 1 118 1 114 118 114 118 114 114 112
Min. Dia. Flange Dia. of Thick- Raised Flange ness* Face 5 18 5 78 6 14 7 8 12 9 58 9 12 11 12 1 118 118 114 112 158 112 134 11116 2 2 12 2 78 3 58 4 18 5 6316
No. Bolts 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8
Dia. Bolts 4 8 7 8
3 7
1
7
1 8 118
7
*A 1/4 raised face is standard on the 400 lb., 600 lb. and 900 lb. flanges and is added to the
minimum flange thickness.
185
CONVERSION TABLES
CONVERSION TABLES
Conversion Tables
ASME/ANSI B 16.5 Iron Flange Dimensions
Nominal Pipe Size Inches 125 lbs 1 1 11/4 1 112 1 2
1 1/ 4
250 lbs
Flange Thickness* 16 16 1 2 3 4 9 16 13 16 5 8 7 8 11 16
7 11
No. Bolts 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 8 12 12 16 12 16
Dia. Bolts
1
Flange Thickness
11 17 3
No. Bolts 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 8 12
Dia. Bolts 2 8 1 2 5 8 1 2 5 8 1 2 3 4 5 8 5 8 5 8 3 4 5 8 3 4 5 8 3 4 5 8 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 7 8
1 5
3 16
1
3 16
9
2 2 212 212 3 3 3 2
1
4316 41516
312 4 4 5 5 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12
2 8 1 2 5 8 1 2 3 4 5 8 5 8 5 8 3 4 5 8 3 4 5 8 3 4 5 8 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 7 8 7 8
5
4
3
1 8 118
7
3 78 4 58 4 14 4 78 4 58 5 14 5 6 18 6 6 12 7 7 12 7 12 8 14 8 12 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 12 15
32 32
8 32 13 32 5 8 7 16 11 16 1 2 3 4 9 16 13 16 5 8 29 32 11 16 31 32 11 16 1 1 16 3 4 1 1 8 13 16 1 316 15 16 138
19
*Two V-shaped concentric grooves between the port and the bolt holes.
186
NOTES
187
NOTES
188
GROTH CORPORATION
13650 N. Promenade Blvd. Stafford, Texas 77477 Phone: 281-295-6800 FAX: 281-295-6999 Toll-Free: 800-354-7684 Website: www.grothcorp.com
Groth Corporation reserves the right to alter the information in this publication without notice. Reproduction without written permission is prohibited.
GROTH CORPORATION 13650 N. Promenade Blvd. Stafford, TX 77477 USA Phone: (281) 295-6800 Toll Free: (800) 354-7684 Fax: (281) 295-6999 E-mail: sales@grothcorp.com CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS Continental Disc Corporation 3160 W. Heartland Drive Liberty, MO 64068-3385 USA Phone: (816) 792-1500 Fax: (816) 792-2277 E-mail: pressure@contdisc.com CHINA Room 910, Tower B, COFCO Plaza, No.8 JianGuoMenNei Avenue, Beijing(100005), P.R.China Mobile: +(86) 137 0103 8871 E-mail: cdcchina@contdisc.com DUBAI P.O. Box 2234 Dubai, U.A.E Phone: +(971) 43214490 FAX: +(971) 43438840 Mobile: +(971) 508129525 E-mail: kannan@contdisc.com
THE NETHERLANDS Energieweg 20 2382 NJ Zoeterwoude-Rijndijk The Netherlands Phone: +(31) 71-5412221 FAX: +(31) 71-5414361 E-mail: cdcnl@contdisc.com
UNITED KINGDOM Unit C, The Business Centre Faringdon Avenue, Harold Hill, Romford Essex RM3 8EN, United Kingdom Phone: +(44) 1708-386444 FAX: +(44) 1708-386486 E-mail: cduk@contdisc.com